US20140109177A1 - Configuring and providing profiles that manage execution of mobile applications - Google Patents
Configuring and providing profiles that manage execution of mobile applications Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20140109177A1 US20140109177A1 US14/041,923 US201314041923A US2014109177A1 US 20140109177 A1 US20140109177 A1 US 20140109177A1 US 201314041923 A US201314041923 A US 201314041923A US 2014109177 A1 US2014109177 A1 US 2014109177A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- user
- policy
- application
- mobile device
- setting
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Granted
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 44
- 230000015654 memory Effects 0.000 claims description 35
- 238000013475 authorization Methods 0.000 claims description 30
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 abstract description 13
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 abstract description 12
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 61
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 26
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 22
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 21
- 238000005192 partition Methods 0.000 description 14
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 13
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000008186 active pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000006855 networking Effects 0.000 description 4
- VJYFKVYYMZPMAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethoprophos Chemical compound CCCSP(=O)(OCC)SCCC VJYFKVYYMZPMAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008520 organization Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001133 acceleration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000006399 behavior Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013523 data management Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000013500 data storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000009795 derivation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000007717 exclusion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000009434 installation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002123 temporal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012384 transportation and delivery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010200 validation analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- VBMOHECZZWVLFJ-GXTUVTBFSA-N (2s)-2-[[(2s)-6-amino-2-[[(2s)-6-amino-2-[[(2s,3r)-2-[[(2s,3r)-2-[[(2s)-6-amino-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-6-amino-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2,6-diaminohexanoyl]amino]-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)pentanoyl]amino]propanoyl]amino]hexanoyl]amino]propanoyl]amino]hexan Chemical compound NC(N)=NCCC[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@H](O)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCN=C(N)N)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCCN VBMOHECZZWVLFJ-GXTUVTBFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000006508 Nelumbo nucifera Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000002853 Nelumbo nucifera Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000006510 Nelumbo pentapetala Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003190 augmentative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010068904 lysyl-arginyl-alanyl-lysyl-alanyl-lysyl-threonyl-threonyl-lysyl-lysyl-arginine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005012 migration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013307 optical fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013439 planning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001690 polydopamine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000060 site-specific infrared dichroism spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000638 solvent extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003442 weekly effect Effects 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L63/00—Network architectures or network communication protocols for network security
- H04L63/20—Network architectures or network communication protocols for network security for managing network security; network security policies in general
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F21/00—Security arrangements for protecting computers, components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity
- G06F21/60—Protecting data
- G06F21/604—Tools and structures for managing or administering access control systems
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F21/00—Security arrangements for protecting computers, components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity
- G06F21/60—Protecting data
- G06F21/62—Protecting access to data via a platform, e.g. using keys or access control rules
- G06F21/6218—Protecting access to data via a platform, e.g. using keys or access control rules to a system of files or objects, e.g. local or distributed file system or database
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F21/00—Security arrangements for protecting computers, components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity
- G06F21/60—Protecting data
- G06F21/62—Protecting access to data via a platform, e.g. using keys or access control rules
- G06F21/629—Protecting access to data via a platform, e.g. using keys or access control rules to features or functions of an application
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F21/00—Security arrangements for protecting computers, components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity
- G06F21/70—Protecting specific internal or peripheral components, in which the protection of a component leads to protection of the entire computer
- G06F21/88—Detecting or preventing theft or loss
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
- G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
- G06F3/0481—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F9/00—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
- G06F9/06—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
- G06F9/44—Arrangements for executing specific programs
- G06F9/451—Execution arrangements for user interfaces
- G06F9/452—Remote windowing, e.g. X-Window System, desktop virtualisation
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F9/00—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
- G06F9/06—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
- G06F9/44—Arrangements for executing specific programs
- G06F9/455—Emulation; Interpretation; Software simulation, e.g. virtualisation or emulation of application or operating system execution engines
- G06F9/45533—Hypervisors; Virtual machine monitors
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06Q—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- G06Q10/00—Administration; Management
- G06Q10/10—Office automation; Time management
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L41/00—Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
- H04L41/04—Network management architectures or arrangements
- H04L41/046—Network management architectures or arrangements comprising network management agents or mobile agents therefor
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L63/00—Network architectures or network communication protocols for network security
- H04L63/02—Network architectures or network communication protocols for network security for separating internal from external traffic, e.g. firewalls
- H04L63/0272—Virtual private networks
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L63/00—Network architectures or network communication protocols for network security
- H04L63/08—Network architectures or network communication protocols for network security for authentication of entities
- H04L63/0815—Network architectures or network communication protocols for network security for authentication of entities providing single-sign-on or federations
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L63/00—Network architectures or network communication protocols for network security
- H04L63/10—Network architectures or network communication protocols for network security for controlling access to devices or network resources
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L63/00—Network architectures or network communication protocols for network security
- H04L63/20—Network architectures or network communication protocols for network security for managing network security; network security policies in general
- H04L63/205—Network architectures or network communication protocols for network security for managing network security; network security policies in general involving negotiation or determination of the one or more network security mechanisms to be used, e.g. by negotiation between the client and the server or between peers or by selection according to the capabilities of the entities involved
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L67/00—Network arrangements or protocols for supporting network services or applications
- H04L67/34—Network arrangements or protocols for supporting network services or applications involving the movement of software or configuration parameters
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W12/00—Security arrangements; Authentication; Protecting privacy or anonymity
- H04W12/06—Authentication
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W12/00—Security arrangements; Authentication; Protecting privacy or anonymity
- H04W12/08—Access security
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W12/00—Security arrangements; Authentication; Protecting privacy or anonymity
- H04W12/30—Security of mobile devices; Security of mobile applications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W12/00—Security arrangements; Authentication; Protecting privacy or anonymity
- H04W12/30—Security of mobile devices; Security of mobile applications
- H04W12/37—Managing security policies for mobile devices or for controlling mobile applications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W8/00—Network data management
- H04W8/18—Processing of user or subscriber data, e.g. subscribed services, user preferences or user profiles; Transfer of user or subscriber data
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F2221/00—Indexing scheme relating to security arrangements for protecting computers, components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity
- G06F2221/21—Indexing scheme relating to G06F21/00 and subgroups addressing additional information or applications relating to security arrangements for protecting computers, components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity
- G06F2221/2143—Clearing memory, e.g. to prevent the data from being stolen
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L63/00—Network architectures or network communication protocols for network security
- H04L63/08—Network architectures or network communication protocols for network security for authentication of entities
- H04L63/0823—Network architectures or network communication protocols for network security for authentication of entities using certificates
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W12/00—Security arrangements; Authentication; Protecting privacy or anonymity
- H04W12/60—Context-dependent security
- H04W12/63—Location-dependent; Proximity-dependent
Definitions
- aspects of the disclosure relate to computer hardware and software.
- one or more aspects of the disclosure generally relate to computer hardware and software for providing an enterprise application store.
- aspects of the disclosure provide more efficient, effective, functional, and convenient ways of controlling how mobile devices can be used, what resources mobile devices can access, and how the applications running on these devices can interact with other resources.
- an enterprise application store may be implemented that can provide these and features.
- Various aspects of the disclosure relate to configuring and providing one or more policies that can be used by a mobile to manage or constrain the execution of a mobile application (also referred herein as a managed application).
- a mobile application also referred herein as a managed application.
- some embodiments of this disclosure relate to systems, one or more apparatuses and one or more computing devices that are configured to perform various methods for configuring and providing the policies.
- one or more computing devices may display a user interface that displays one or more policy settings for a managed application that is to be made available for download to a mobile device.
- Each of the one or more policy settings may provide a constraint to be enforced by the mobile device prior to the managed application being provided access to at least one resource that is accessible through an access gateway.
- the one or more computing devices may also receive input via the user interface that modifies the one or more policy settings, which can result in one or more modified policy settings.
- the one or more computing devices may further produce a policy file for the managed application that includes the one or more modified policy settings and provide the policy file such that the policy is available for download to the mobile device.
- the various settings that can be included in a policy are numerous and some examples and variations thereof are described in connection with the example embodiments discussed herein.
- FIG. 1 depicts an illustrative computer system architecture that may be used in accordance with one or more aspects of the disclosure.
- FIG. 2 depicts an illustrative remote-access system architecture that may be used in accordance with various aspects of the disclosure.
- FIG. 3 depicts an illustrative virtualized (hypervisor) system architecture that may be used in accordance one or more aspects of the disclosure.
- FIG. 4 depicts an illustrative cloud-based system architecture that may be used in accordance various aspects of the disclosure.
- FIG. 5 depicts an illustrative enterprise mobility management system that may be used in accordance with one or more aspects of the disclosure.
- FIG. 6 depicts another illustrative enterprise mobility management system that may be used in accordance with various aspects of the disclosure.
- FIG. 7 illustrates an example method for configuring a policy for a managed application in accordance with one or more aspects of the disclosure.
- FIG. 8 illustrates an example environment in which various policies may be configured in accordance with one or more aspects described herein.
- FIG. 9 illustrates an example method for configuring and providing a policy that includes a setting to delete data in accordance with various aspects of the disclosure.
- FIG. 10 illustrates an example method for configuring and providing a policy that includes one or more settings for managing execution of a managed application in accordance with one or more aspects of the disclosure.
- FIG. 11 illustrates an example method for configuring and providing a policy that includes one or more settings related to user authentication and/or user identification in accordance with various aspects described herein.
- FIGS. 12A-12J illustrate example user interfaces that can be used to configure one or more policies in accordance with various aspects described herein.
- a user interface may be generated that allows an IT administrator or other operator to set, change and/or add to policy settings.
- the policy settings can be formatted into a policy file, such as an Extensible Markup Language file (XML file), and be made available for download to a mobile device.
- the mobile device based on the various settings included in the policy file, may perform various actions to enforce the security constraints that are represented by the policy.
- the various settings that can be included in a policy are numerous and some examples and variations thereof are described in connection with the example embodiments discussed herein.
- FIG. 1 illustrates one example of a system architecture and data processing device that may be used to implement one or more illustrative aspects described herein in a standalone and/or networked environment.
- Various network nodes 103 , 105 , 107 , and 109 may be interconnected via a wide area network (WAN) 101 , such as the Internet.
- WAN wide area network
- Other networks may also or alternatively be used, including private intranets, corporate networks, LANs, metropolitan area networks (MAN) wireless networks, personal networks (PAN), and the like.
- Network 101 is for illustration purposes and may be replaced with fewer or additional computer networks.
- a local area network may have one or more of any known LAN topology and may use one or more of a variety of different protocols, such as Ethernet.
- Devices 103 , 105 , 107 , 109 and other devices may be connected to one or more of the networks via twisted pair wires, coaxial cable, fiber optics, radio waves or other communication media.
- network refers not only to systems in which remote storage devices are coupled together via one or more communication paths, but also to stand-alone devices that may be coupled, from time to time, to such systems that have storage capability. Consequently, the term “network” includes not only a “physical network” but also a “content network,” which is comprised of the data—attributable to a single entity—which resides across all physical networks.
- the components may include data server 103 , web server 105 , and client computers 107 , 109 .
- Data server 103 provides overall access, control and administration of databases and control software for performing one or more illustrative aspects describe herein.
- Data server 103 may be connected to web server 105 through which users interact with and obtain data as requested.
- data server 103 may act as a web server itself and be directly connected to the Internet.
- Data server 103 may be connected to web server 105 through the network 101 (e.g., the Internet), via direct or indirect connection, or via some other network.
- Users may interact with the data server 103 using remote computers 107 , 109 , e.g., using a web browser to connect to the data server 103 via one or more externally exposed web sites hosted by web server 105 .
- Client computers 107 , 109 may be used in concert with data server 103 to access data stored therein, or may be used for other purposes.
- a user may access web server 105 using an Internet browser, as is known in the art, or by executing a software application that communicates with web server 105 and/or data server 103 over a computer network (such as the Internet).
- FIG. 1 illustrates just one example of a network architecture that may be used, and those of skill in the art will appreciate that the specific network architecture and data processing devices used may vary, and are secondary to the functionality that they provide, as further described herein. For example, services provided by web server 105 and data server 103 may be combined on a single server.
- Each component 103 , 105 , 107 , 109 may be any type of known computer, server, or data processing device.
- Data server 103 e.g., may include a processor 111 controlling overall operation of the rate server 103 .
- Data server 103 may further include RAM 113 , ROM 115 , network interface 117 , input/output interfaces 119 (e.g., keyboard, mouse, display, printer, etc.), and memory 121 .
- I/O 119 may include a variety of interface units and drives for reading, writing, displaying, and/or printing data or files.
- Memory 121 may further store operating system software 123 for controlling overall operation of the data processing device 103 , control logic 125 for instructing data server 103 to perform aspects described herein, and other application software 127 providing secondary, support, and/or other functionality which may or might not be used in conjunction with aspects described herein.
- the control logic may also be referred to herein as the data server software 125 .
- Functionality of the data server software may refer to operations or decisions made automatically based on rules coded into the control logic, made manually by a user providing input into the system, and/or a combination of automatic processing based on user input (e.g., queries, data updates, etc.).
- Memory 121 may also store data used in performance of one or more aspects described herein, including a first database 129 and a second database 131 .
- the first database may include the second database (e.g., as a separate table, report, etc.). That is, the information can be stored in a single database, or separated into different logical, virtual, or physical databases, depending on system design.
- Devices 105 , 107 , 109 may have similar or different architecture as described with respect to device 103 .
- data processing device 103 may be spread across multiple data processing devices, for example, to distribute processing load across multiple computers, to segregate transactions based on geographic location, user access level, quality of service (QoS), etc.
- QoS quality of service
- One or more aspects may be embodied in computer-usable or readable data and/or computer-executable instructions, such as in one or more program modules, executed by one or more computers or other devices as described herein.
- program modules include routines, programs, objects, components, data structures, etc. that perform particular tasks or implement particular abstract data types when executed by a processor in a computer or other device.
- the modules may be written in a source code programming language that is subsequently compiled for execution, or may be written in a scripting language such as (but not limited to) HTML or XML.
- the computer executable instructions may be stored on a computer readable medium such as a nonvolatile storage device.
- Any suitable computer readable storage media may be utilized, including hard disks, CD-ROMs, optical storage devices, magnetic storage devices, and/or any combination thereof.
- various transmission (non-storage) media representing data or events as described herein may be transferred between a source and a destination in the form of electromagnetic waves traveling through signal-conducting media such as metal wires, optical fibers, and/or wireless transmission media (e.g., air and/or space).
- signal-conducting media such as metal wires, optical fibers, and/or wireless transmission media (e.g., air and/or space).
- signal-conducting media such as metal wires, optical fibers, and/or wireless transmission media (e.g., air and/or space).
- Various aspects described herein may be embodied as a method, a data processing system, or a computer program product. Therefore, various functionalities may be embodied in whole or in part in software, firmware and/or hardware or hardware equivalents such as integrated circuits, field programmable gate arrays (F
- FIG. 2 depicts an example system architecture including a generic computing device 201 in an illustrative computing environment 200 that may be used according to one or more illustrative aspects described herein.
- Generic computing device 201 may be used as a server 206 a in a single-server or multi-server desktop virtualization system (e.g., a remote access or cloud system) configured to provide virtual machines for client access devices.
- the generic computing device 201 may have a processor 203 for controlling overall operation of the server and its associated components, including random access memory (RAM) 205 , read-only memory (ROM) 207 , input/output (I/O) module 209 , and memory 215 .
- RAM random access memory
- ROM read-only memory
- I/O input/output
- I/O module 209 may include a mouse, keypad, touch screen, scanner, optical reader, and/or stylus (or other input device(s)) through which a user of generic computing device 201 may provide input, and may also include one or more of a speaker for providing audio output and a video display device for providing textual, audiovisual, and/or graphical output.
- Software may be stored within memory 215 and/or other storage to provide instructions to processor 203 for configuring generic computing device 201 into a special purpose computing device in order to perform various functions as described herein.
- memory 215 may store software used by the computing device 201 , such as an operating system 217 , application programs 219 , and an associated database 221 .
- Computing device 201 may operate in a networked environment supporting connections to one or more remote computers, such as terminals 240 (also referred to as client devices).
- the terminals 240 may be personal computers, mobile devices, laptop computers, tablets, or servers that include many or all of the elements described above with respect to the generic computing device 103 or 201 .
- the network connections depicted in FIG. 2 include a local area network (LAN) 225 and a wide area network (WAN) 229 , but may also include other networks.
- LAN local area network
- WAN wide area network
- computing device 201 may be connected to the LAN 225 through a network interface or adapter 223 .
- computing device 201 When used in a WAN networking environment, computing device 201 may include a modem 227 or other wide area network interface for establishing communications over the WAN 229 , such as computer network 230 (e.g., the Internet). It will be appreciated that the network connections shown are illustrative and other means of establishing a communications link between the computers may be used.
- Computing device 201 and/or terminals 240 may also be mobile terminals (e.g., mobile phones, smartphones, PDAs, notebooks, etc.) including various other components, such as a battery, speaker, and antennas (not shown).
- aspects described herein may also be operational with numerous other general purpose or special purpose computing system environments or configurations.
- Examples of other computing systems, environments, and/or configurations that may be suitable for use with aspects described herein include, but are not limited to, personal computers, server computers, hand-held or laptop devices, multiprocessor systems, microprocessor-based systems, set top boxes, programmable consumer electronics, network PCs, minicomputers, mainframe computers, distributed computing environments that include any of the above systems or devices, and the like.
- one or more client devices 240 may be in communication with one or more servers 206 a - 206 n (generally referred to herein as “server(s) 206 ”).
- the computing environment 200 may include a network appliance installed between the server(s) 206 and client machine(s) 240 .
- the network appliance may manage client/server connections, and in some cases can load balance client connections amongst a plurality of backend servers 206 .
- the client machine(s) 240 may in some embodiments be referred to as a single client machine 240 or a single group of client machines 240
- server(s) 206 may be referred to as a single server 206 or a single group of servers 206 .
- a single client machine 240 communicates with more than one server 206
- a single server 206 communicates with more than one client machine 240
- a single client machine 240 communicates with a single server 206 .
- a client machine 240 can, in some embodiments, be referenced by any one of the following non-exhaustive terms: client machine(s); client(s); client computer(s); client device(s); client computing device(s); local machine; remote machine; client node(s); endpoint(s); or endpoint node(s).
- the server 206 in some embodiments, may be referenced by any one of the following non-exhaustive terms: server(s), local machine; remote machine; server farm(s), or host computing device(s).
- the client machine 240 may be a virtual machine.
- the virtual machine may be any virtual machine, while in some embodiments the virtual machine may be any virtual machine managed by a Type 1 or Type 2 hypervisor, for example, a hypervisor developed by Citrix Systems, IBM, VMware, or any other hypervisor.
- the virtual machine may be managed by a hypervisor, while in aspects the virtual machine may be managed by a hypervisor executing on a server 206 or a hypervisor executing on a client 240 .
- Some embodiments include a client device 240 that displays application output generated by an application remotely executing on a server 206 or other remotely located machine.
- the client device 240 may execute a virtual machine receiver program or application to display the output in an application window, a browser, or other output window.
- the application is a desktop, while in other examples the application is an application that generates or presents a desktop.
- a desktop may include a graphical shell providing a user interface for an instance of an operating system in which local and/or remote applications can be integrated.
- Applications as used herein, are programs that execute after an instance of an operating system (and, optionally, also the desktop) has been loaded.
- the server 206 uses a remote presentation protocol or other program to send data to a thin-client or remote-display application executing on the client to present display output generated by an application executing on the server 206 .
- the thin-client or remote-display protocol can be any one of the following non-exhaustive list of protocols: the Independent Computing Architecture (ICA) protocol developed by Citrix Systems, Inc. of Ft. Lauderdale, Fla.; or the Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) manufactured by the Microsoft Corporation of Redmond, Wash.
- ICA Independent Computing Architecture
- RDP Remote Desktop Protocol
- a remote computing environment may include more than one server 206 a - 206 n such that the servers 206 a - 206 n are logically grouped together into a server farm 206 , for example, in a cloud computing environment.
- the server farm 206 may include servers 206 that are geographically dispersed while and logically grouped together, or servers 206 that are located proximate to each other while logically grouped together.
- Geographically dispersed servers 206 a - 206 n within a server farm 206 can, in some embodiments, communicate using a WAN (wide), MAN (metropolitan), or LAN (local), where different geographic regions can be characterized as: different continents; different regions of a continent; different countries; different states; different cities; different campuses; different rooms; or any combination of the preceding geographical locations.
- the server farm 206 may be administered as a single entity, while in other embodiments the server farm 206 can include multiple server farms.
- a server farm may include servers 206 that execute a substantially similar type of operating system platform (e.g., WINDOWS, UNIX, LINUX, iOS, ANDROID, SYMBIAN, etc.)
- server farm 206 may include a first group of one or more servers that execute a first type of operating system platform, and a second group of one or more servers that execute a second type of operating system platform.
- Server 206 may be configured as any type of server, as needed, e.g., a file server, an application server, a web server, a proxy server, an appliance, a network appliance, a gateway, an application gateway, a gateway server, a virtualization server, a deployment server, a SSL VPN server, a firewall, a web server, an application server or as a master application server, a server executing an active directory, or a server executing an application acceleration program that provides firewall functionality, application functionality, or load balancing functionality.
- Other server types may also be used.
- Some embodiments include a first server 106 a that receives requests from a client machine 240 , forwards the request to a second server 106 b , and responds to the request generated by the client machine 240 with a response from the second server 106 b .
- First server 106 a may acquire an enumeration of applications available to the client machine 240 and well as address information associated with an application server 206 hosting an application identified within the enumeration of applications.
- First server 106 a can then present a response to the client's request using a web interface, and communicate directly with the client 240 to provide the client 240 with access to an identified application.
- One or more clients 240 and/or one or more servers 206 may transmit data over network 230 , e.g., network 101 .
- FIG. 2 shows a high-level architecture of an illustrative desktop virtualization system.
- the desktop virtualization system may be single-server or multi-server system, or cloud system, including at least one virtualization server 206 configured to provide virtual desktops and/or virtual applications to one or more client access devices 240 .
- a desktop refers to a graphical environment or space in which one or more applications may be hosted and/or executed.
- a desktop may include a graphical shell providing a user interface for an instance of an operating system in which local and/or remote applications can be integrated.
- Applications may include programs that execute after an instance of an operating system (and, optionally, also the desktop) has been loaded.
- Each instance of the operating system may be physical (e.g., one operating system per device) or virtual (e.g., many instances of an OS running on a single device).
- Each application may be executed on a local device, or executed on a remotely located device (e.g., remoted).
- a computer device 301 may be configured as a virtualization server in a virtualization environment, for example, a single-server, multi-server, or cloud computing environment.
- Virtualization server 301 illustrated in FIG. 3 can be deployed as and/or implemented by one or more embodiments of the server 206 illustrated in FIG. 2 or by other known computing devices.
- Included in virtualization server 301 is a hardware layer that can include one or more physical disks 304 , one or more physical devices 306 , one or more physical processors 308 and one or more physical memories 316 .
- firmware 312 can be stored within a memory element in the physical memory 316 and can be executed by one or more of the physical processors 308 .
- Virtualization server 301 may further include an operating system 314 that may be stored in a memory element in the physical memory 316 and executed by one or more of the physical processors 308 . Still further, a hypervisor 302 may be stored in a memory element in the physical memory 316 and can be executed by one or more of the physical processors 308 .
- Executing on one or more of the physical processors 308 may be one or more virtual machines 332 A-C (generally 332 ). Each virtual machine 332 may have a virtual disk 326 A-C and a virtual processor 328 A-C.
- a first virtual machine 332 A may execute, using a virtual processor 328 A, a control program 320 that includes a tools stack 324 .
- Control program 320 may be referred to as a control virtual machine, Dom0, Domain 0, or other virtual machine used for system administration and/or control.
- one or more virtual machines 332 B-C can execute, using a virtual processor 328 B-C, a guest operating system 330 A-B.
- Virtualization server 301 may include a hardware layer 310 with one or more pieces of hardware that communicate with the virtualization server 301 .
- the hardware layer 310 can include one or more physical disks 304 , one or more physical devices 306 , one or more physical processors 308 , and one or more memory 216 .
- Physical components 304 , 306 , 308 , and 316 may include, for example, any of the components described above.
- Physical devices 306 may include, for example, a network interface card, a video card, a keyboard, a mouse, an input device, a monitor, a display device, speakers, an optical drive, a storage device, a universal serial bus connection, a printer, a scanner, a network element (e.g., router, firewall, network address translator, load balancer, virtual private network (VPN) gateway, Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) router, etc.), or any device connected to or communicating with virtualization server 301 .
- Physical memory 316 in the hardware layer 310 may include any type of memory. Physical memory 316 may store data, and in some embodiments may store one or more programs, or set of executable instructions.
- FIG. 3 illustrates an embodiment where firmware 312 is stored within the physical memory 316 of virtualization server 301 . Programs or executable instructions stored in the physical memory 316 can be executed by the one or more processors 308 of virtualization server 301 .
- Virtualization server 301 may also include a hypervisor 302 .
- hypervisor 302 may be a program executed by processors 308 on virtualization server 301 to create and manage any number of virtual machines 332 .
- Hypervisor 302 may be referred to as a virtual machine monitor, or platform virtualization software.
- hypervisor 302 can be any combination of executable instructions and hardware that monitors virtual machines executing on a computing machine.
- Hypervisor 302 may be Type 2 hypervisor, where the hypervisor that executes within an operating system 314 executing on the virtualization server 301 . Virtual machines then execute at a level above the hypervisor.
- the Type 2 hypervisor executes within the context of a user's operating system such that the Type 2 hypervisor interacts with the user's operating system.
- one or more virtualization servers 201 in a virtualization environment may instead include a Type 1 hypervisor (not shown).
- a Type 1 hypervisor may execute on the virtualization server 301 by directly accessing the hardware and resources within the hardware layer 310 . That is, while a Type 2 hypervisor 302 accesses system resources through a host operating system 314 , as shown, a Type 1 hypervisor may directly access all system resources without the host operating system 314 .
- a Type 1 hypervisor may execute directly on one or more physical processors 308 of virtualization server 301 , and may include program data stored in the physical memory 316 .
- Hypervisor 302 can provide virtual resources to operating systems 330 or control programs 320 executing on virtual machines 332 in any manner that simulates the operating systems 330 or control programs 320 having direct access to system resources.
- System resources can include, but are not limited to, physical devices 306 , physical disks 304 , physical processors 308 , physical memory 316 and any other component included in virtualization server 301 hardware layer 310 .
- Hypervisor 302 may be used to emulate virtual hardware, partition physical hardware, virtualize physical hardware, and/or execute virtual machines that provide access to computing environments. In still other embodiments, hypervisor 302 controls processor scheduling and memory partitioning for a virtual machine 332 executing on virtualization server 301 .
- Hypervisor 302 may include those manufactured by VMWare, Inc., of Palo Alto, Calif.; the XEN hypervisor, an open source product whose development is overseen by the open source Xen.org community; HyperV, VirtualServer or virtual PC hypervisors provided by Microsoft, or others.
- virtualization server 301 executes a hypervisor 302 that creates a virtual machine platform on which guest operating systems may execute.
- the virtualization server 301 may be referred to as a host server.
- An example of such a virtualization server is the XEN SERVER provided by Citrix Systems, Inc., of Fort Lauderdale, Fla.
- Hypervisor 302 may create one or more virtual machines 332 B-C (generally 332 ) in which guest operating systems 330 execute.
- hypervisor 302 may load a virtual machine image to create a virtual machine 332 .
- the hypervisor 302 may executes a guest operating system 330 within virtual machine 332 .
- virtual machine 332 may execute guest operating system 330 .
- hypervisor 302 may control the execution of at least one virtual machine 332 .
- hypervisor 302 may presents at least one virtual machine 332 with an abstraction of at least one hardware resource provided by the virtualization server 301 (e.g., any hardware resource available within the hardware layer 310 ).
- hypervisor 302 may control the manner in which virtual machines 332 access physical processors 308 available in virtualization server 301 . Controlling access to physical processors 308 may include determining whether a virtual machine 332 should have access to a processor 308 , and how physical processor capabilities are presented to the virtual machine 332 .
- virtualization server 301 may host or execute one or more virtual machines 332 .
- a virtual machine 332 is a set of executable instructions that, when executed by a processor 308 , imitate the operation of a physical computer such that the virtual machine 332 can execute programs and processes much like a physical computing device. While FIG. 3 illustrates an embodiment where a virtualization server 301 hosts three virtual machines 332 , in other embodiments virtualization server 301 can host any number of virtual machines 332 .
- Hypervisor 302 in some embodiments, provides each virtual machine 332 with a unique virtual view of the physical hardware, memory, processor and other system resources available to that virtual machine 332 .
- the unique virtual view can be based on one or more of virtual machine permissions, application of a policy engine to one or more virtual machine identifiers, a user accessing a virtual machine, the applications executing on a virtual machine, networks accessed by a virtual machine, or any other desired criteria.
- hypervisor 302 may create one or more unsecure virtual machines 332 and one or more secure virtual machines 332 . Unsecure virtual machines 332 may be prevented from accessing resources, hardware, memory locations, and programs that secure virtual machines 332 may be permitted to access.
- hypervisor 302 may provide each virtual machine 332 with a substantially similar virtual view of the physical hardware, memory, processor and other system resources available to the virtual machines 332 .
- Each virtual machine 332 may include a virtual disk 326 A-C (generally 326 ) and a virtual processor 328 A-C (generally 328 .)
- the virtual disk 326 in some embodiments, is a virtualized view of one or more physical disks 304 of the virtualization server 301 , or a portion of one or more physical disks 304 of the virtualization server 301 .
- the virtualized view of the physical disks 304 can be generated, provided and managed by the hypervisor 302 .
- hypervisor 302 provides each virtual machine 332 with a unique view of the physical disks 304 .
- the particular virtual disk 326 included in each virtual machine 332 can be unique when compared with the other virtual disks 326 .
- a virtual processor 328 can be a virtualized view of one or more physical processors 308 of the virtualization server 301 .
- the virtualized view of the physical processors 308 can be generated, provided and managed by hypervisor 302 .
- virtual processor 328 has substantially all of the same characteristics of at least one physical processor 308 .
- virtual processor 308 provides a modified view of physical processors 308 such that at least some of the characteristics of the virtual processor 328 are different than the characteristics of the corresponding physical processor 308 .
- FIG. 4 illustrates an example of a cloud computing environment (or cloud system) 400 .
- client computers 411 - 414 may communicate with a cloud management server 410 to access the computing resources (e.g., host servers 403 , storage resources 404 , and network resources 405 ) of the cloud system.
- computing resources e.g., host servers 403 , storage resources 404 , and network resources 405 .
- Management server 410 may be implemented on one or more physical servers.
- the management server 410 may run, for example, CLOUDSTACK by Citrix Systems, Inc. of Ft. Lauderdale, Fla., or OPENSTACK, among others.
- Management server 410 may manage various computing resources, including cloud hardware and software resources, for example, host computers 403 , data storage devices 404 , and networking devices 405 .
- the cloud hardware and software resources may include private and/or public components.
- a cloud may be configured as a private cloud to be used by one or more particular customers or client computers 411 - 414 and/or over a private network.
- public clouds or hybrid public-private clouds may be used by other customers over an open or hybrid networks.
- Management server 410 may be configured to provide user interfaces through which cloud operators and cloud customers may interact with the cloud system.
- the management server 410 may provide a set of APIs and/or one or more cloud operator console applications (e.g., web-based on standalone applications) with user interfaces to allow cloud operators to manage the cloud resources, configure the virtualization layer, manage customer accounts, and perform other cloud administration tasks.
- the management server 410 also may include a set of APIs and/or one or more customer console applications with user interfaces configured to receive cloud computing requests from end users via client computers 411 - 414 , for example, requests to create, modify, or destroy virtual machines within the cloud.
- Client computers 411 - 414 may connect to management server 410 via the Internet or other communication network, and may request access to one or more of the computing resources managed by management server 410 .
- the management server 410 may include a resource manager configured to select and provision physical resources in the hardware layer of the cloud system based on the client requests.
- the management server 410 and additional components of the cloud system may be configured to provision, create, and manage virtual machines and their operating environments (e.g., hypervisors, storage resources, services offered by the network elements, etc.) for customers at client computers 411 - 414 , over a network (e.g., the Internet), providing customers with computational resources, data storage services, networking capabilities, and computer platform and application support.
- Cloud systems also may be configured to provide various specific services, including security systems, development environments, user interfaces, and the like.
- Certain clients 411 - 414 may be related, for example, different client computers creating virtual machines on behalf of the same end user, or different users affiliated with the same company or organization. In other examples, certain clients 411 - 414 may be unrelated, such as users affiliated with different companies or organizations. For unrelated clients, information on the virtual machines or storage of any one user may be hidden from other users.
- zones 401 - 402 may refer to a collocated set of physical computing resources. Zones may be geographically separated from other zones in the overall cloud of computing resources. For example, zone 401 may be a first cloud datacenter located in California, and zone 402 may be a second cloud datacenter located in Florida. Management sever 410 may be located at one of the availability zones, or at a separate location. Each zone may include an internal network that interfaces with devices that are outside of the zone, such as the management server 410 , through a gateway. End users of the cloud (e.g., clients 411 - 414 ) might or might not be aware of the distinctions between zones.
- an end user may request the creation of a virtual machine having a specified amount of memory, processing power, and network capabilities.
- the management server 410 may respond to the user's request and may allocate the resources to create the virtual machine without the user knowing whether the virtual machine was created using resources from zone 401 or zone 402 .
- the cloud system may allow end users to request that virtual machines (or other cloud resources) are allocated in a specific zone or on specific resources 403 - 405 within a zone.
- each zone 401 - 402 may include an arrangement of various physical hardware components (or computing resources) 403 - 405 , for example, physical hosting resources (or processing resources), physical network resources, physical storage resources, switches, and additional hardware resources that may be used to provide cloud computing services to customers.
- the physical hosting resources in a cloud zone 401 - 402 may include one or more computer servers 403 , such as the virtualization servers 301 described above, which may be configured to create and host virtual machine instances.
- the physical network resources in a cloud zone 401 or 402 may include one or more network elements 405 (e.g., network service providers) comprising hardware and/or software configured to provide a network service to cloud customers, such as firewalls, network address translators, load balancers, virtual private network (VPN) gateways, Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) routers, and the like.
- the storage resources in the cloud zone 401 - 402 may include storage disks (e.g., solid state drives (SSDs), magnetic hard disks, etc.) and other storage devices.
- the example cloud computing environment shown in FIG. 4 also may include a virtualization layer (e.g., as shown in FIGS. 1-3 ) with additional hardware and/or software resources configured to create and manage virtual machines and provide other services to customers using the physical resources in the cloud.
- the virtualization layer may include hypervisors, as described above in FIG. 3 , along with other components to provide network virtualizations, storage virtualizations, etc.
- the virtualization layer may be as a separate layer from the physical resource layer, or may share some or all of the same hardware and/or software resources with the physical resource layer.
- the virtualization layer may include a hypervisor installed in each of the virtualization servers 403 with the physical computing resources.
- WINDOWS AZURE Microsoft Corporation of Redmond Wash.
- AMAZON EC2 Amazon.com Inc. of Seattle, Wash.
- IBM BLUE CLOUD IBM BLUE CLOUD
- FIG. 5 represents an enterprise mobility technical architecture 500 for use in a BYOD environment.
- the architecture enables a user of a mobile device 502 to both access enterprise or personal resources from a mobile device 502 and use the mobile device 502 for personal use.
- the user may access such enterprise resources 504 or enterprise services 508 using a mobile device 502 that is purchased by the user or a mobile device 502 that is provided by the enterprise to user.
- the user may utilize the mobile device 502 for business use only or for business and personal use.
- the mobile device may run an iOS operating system, and Android operating system, or the like.
- the enterprise may choose to implement policies to manage the mobile device 504 .
- the policies may be implanted through a firewall or gateway in such a way that the mobile device may be identified, secured or security verified, and provided selective or full access to the enterprise resources.
- the policies may be mobile device management policies, mobile application management policies, mobile data management policies, or some combination of mobile device, application, and data management policies.
- a mobile device 504 that is managed through the application of mobile device management policies may be referred to as an enrolled device.
- the operating system of the mobile device may be separated into a managed partition 510 and an unmanaged partition 512 .
- the managed partition 510 may have policies applied to it to secure the applications running on and data stored in the managed partition.
- the applications running on the managed partition may be secure applications.
- all applications may execute in accordance with a set of one or more policy files received separate from the application, and which define one or more security parameters, features, resource restrictions, and/or other access controls that are enforced by the mobile device management system when that application is executing on the device.
- each application By operating in accordance with their respective policy file(s), each application may be allowed or restricted from communications with one or more other applications and/or resources, thereby creating a virtual partition.
- a partition may refer to a physically partitioned portion of memory (physical partition), a logically partitioned portion of memory (logical partition), and/or a virtual partition created as a result of enforcement of one or more policies and/or policy files across multiple apps as described herein (virtual partition).
- physical partition a physically partitioned portion of memory
- logical partition a logically partitioned portion of memory
- virtual partition created as a result of enforcement of one or more policies and/or policy files across multiple apps as described herein
- the secure applications may be email applications, web browsing applications, software-as-a-service (SaaS) access applications, Windows Application access applications, and the like.
- the secure applications may be secure native applications 514 , secure remote applications 522 executed by a secure application launcher 518 , virtualization applications 526 executed by a secure application launcher 518 , and the like.
- the secure native applications 514 may be wrapped by a secure application wrapper 520 .
- the secure application wrapper 520 may include integrated policies that are executed on the mobile device 502 when the secure native application is executed on the device.
- the secure application wrapper 520 may include meta-data that points the secure native application 514 running on the mobile device 502 to the resources hosted at the enterprise that the secure native application 514 may require to complete the task requested upon execution of the secure native application 514 .
- the secure remote applications 522 executed by a secure application launcher 518 may be executed within the secure application launcher application 518 .
- the virtualization applications 526 executed by a secure application launcher 518 may utilize resources on the mobile device 502 , at the enterprise resources 504 , and the like.
- the resources used on the mobile device 502 by the virtualization applications 526 executed by a secure application launcher 518 may include user interaction resources, processing resources, and the like.
- the user interaction resources may be used to collect and transmit keyboard input, mouse input, camera input, tactile input, audio input, visual input, gesture input, and the like.
- the processing resources may be used to present a user interface, process data received from the enterprise resources 504 , and the like.
- the resources used at the enterprise resources 504 by the virtualization applications 526 executed by a secure application launcher 518 may include user interface generation resources, processing resources, and the like.
- the user interface generation resources may be used to assemble a user interface, modify a user interface, refresh a user interface, and the like.
- the processing resources may be used to create information, read information, update information, delete information, and the like.
- the virtualization application may record user interactions associated with a GUI and communicate them to a server application where the server application will use the user interaction data as an input to the application operating on the server.
- an enterprise may elect to maintain the application on the server side as well as data, files, etc. associated with the application.
- an enterprise may elect to “mobilize” some applications in accordance with the principles herein by securing them for deployment on the mobile device, this arrangement may also be elected for certain applications. For example, while some applications may be secured for use on the mobile device, others might not be prepared or appropriate for deployment on the mobile device so the enterprise may elect to provide the mobile user access to the unprepared applications through virtualization techniques.
- the enterprise may have large complex applications with large and complex data sets (e.g., material resource planning applications) where it would be very difficult, or otherwise undesirable, to customize the application for the mobile device so the enterprise may elect to provide access to the application through virtualization techniques.
- the enterprise may have an application that maintains highly secured data (e.g., human resources data, customer data, engineering data) that may be deemed by the enterprise as too sensitive for even the secured mobile environment so the enterprise may elect to use virtualization techniques to permit mobile access to such applications and data.
- An enterprise may elect to provide both fully secured and fully functional applications on the mobile device as well as a virtualization application to allow access to applications that are deemed more properly operated on the server side.
- the virtualization application may store some data, files, etc. on the mobile phone in one of the secure storage locations.
- An enterprise for example, may elect to allow certain information to be stored on the phone while not permitting other information.
- the mobile device may have a virtualization application that is designed to present GUI's and then record user interactions with the GUI.
- the application may communicate the user interactions to the server side to be used by the server side application as user interactions with the application.
- the application on the server side may transmit back to the mobile device a new GUI.
- the new GUI may be a static page, a dynamic page, an animation, or the like, thereby providing access to remotely located resources.
- the secure applications may access data stored in a secure data container 528 in the managed partition 510 of the mobile device.
- the data secured in the secure data container may be accessed by the secure wrapped applications 514 , applications executed by a secure application launcher 522 , virtualization applications 526 executed by a secure application launcher 522 , and the like.
- the data stored in the secure data container 528 may include files, databases, and the like.
- the data stored in the secure data container 528 may include data restricted to a specific secure application 530 , shared among secure applications 532 , and the like. Data restricted to a secure application may include secure general data 534 and highly secure data 538 .
- Secure general data may use a strong form of encryption such as AES 128-bit encryption or the like, while highly secure data 538 may use a very strong form of encryption such as AES 256-bit encryption.
- Data stored in the secure data container 528 may be deleted from the device upon receipt of a command from the device manager 524 .
- the secure applications may have a dual-mode option 540 .
- the dual mode option 540 may present the user with an option to operate the secured application in an unsecured or unmanaged mode.
- the secure applications may access data stored in an unsecured data container 542 on the unmanaged partition 512 of the mobile device 502 .
- the data stored in an unsecured data container may be personal data 544 .
- the data stored in an unsecured data container 542 may also be accessed by unsecured applications 548 that are running on the unmanaged partition 512 of the mobile device 502 .
- the data stored in an unsecured data container 542 may remain on the mobile device 502 when the data stored in the secure data container 528 is deleted from the mobile device 502 .
- An enterprise may want to delete from the mobile device selected or all data, files, and/or applications owned, licensed or controlled by the enterprise (enterprise data) while leaving or otherwise preserving personal data, files, and/or applications owned, licensed or controlled by the user (personal data). This operation may be referred to as a selective wipe. With the enterprise and personal data arranged in accordance to the aspects described herein, an enterprise may perform a selective wipe.
- the mobile device may connect to enterprise resources 504 and enterprise services 508 at an enterprise, to the public Internet 548 , and the like.
- the mobile device may connect to enterprise resources 504 and enterprise services 508 through virtual private network connections.
- the virtual private network connections also referred to as microVPN or application-specific VPN, may be specific to particular applications 550 , particular devices, particular secured areas on the mobile device, and the like 552 .
- each of the wrapped applications in the secured area of the phone may access enterprise resources through an application specific VPN such that access to the VPN would be granted based on attributes associated with the application, possibly in conjunction with user or device attribute information.
- the virtual private network connections may carry Microsoft Exchange traffic, Microsoft Active Directory traffic, HTTP traffic, HTTPS traffic, application management traffic, and the like.
- the virtual private network connections may support and enable single-sign-on authentication processes 554 .
- the single-sign-on processes may allow a user to provide a single set of authentication credentials, which are then verified by an authentication service 558 .
- the authentication service 558 may then grant to the user access to multiple enterprise resources 504 , without requiring the user to provide authentication credentials to each individual enterprise resource 504 .
- the virtual private network connections may be established and managed by an access gateway 560 .
- the access gateway 560 may include performance enhancement features that manage, accelerate, and improve the delivery of enterprise resources 504 to the mobile device 502 .
- the access gateway may also re-route traffic from the mobile device 502 to the public Internet 548 , enabling the mobile device 502 to access publicly available and unsecured applications that run on the public Internet 548 .
- the mobile device may connect to the access gateway via a transport network 562 .
- the transport network 562 may be a wired network, wireless network, cloud network, local area network, metropolitan area network, wide area network, public network, private network, and the like.
- the enterprise resources 504 may include email servers, file sharing servers, SaaS applications, Web application servers, Windows application servers, and the like.
- Email servers may include Exchange servers, Lotus Notes servers, and the like.
- File sharing servers may include ShareFile servers, and the like.
- SaaS applications may include Salesforce, and the like.
- Windows application servers may include any application server that is built to provide applications that are intended to run on a local Windows operating system, and the like.
- the enterprise resources 504 may be premise-based resources, cloud based resources, and the like.
- the enterprise resources 504 may be accessed by the mobile device 502 directly or through the access gateway 560 .
- the enterprise resources 504 may be accessed by the mobile device 502 via a transport network 562 .
- the transport network 562 may be a wired network, wireless network, cloud network, local area network, metropolitan area network, wide area network, public network, private network, and the like.
- the enterprise services 508 may include authentication services 558 , threat detection services 564 , device manager services 524 , file sharing services 568 , policy manager services 570 , social integration services 572 , application controller services 574 , and the like.
- Authentication services 558 may include user authentication services, device authentication services, application authentication services, data authentication services and the like.
- Authentication services 558 may use certificates.
- the certificates may be stored on the mobile device 502 , by the enterprise resources 504 , and the like.
- the certificates stored on the mobile device 502 may be stored in an encrypted location on the mobile device, the certificate may be temporarily stored on the mobile device 502 for use at the time of authentication, and the like.
- Threat detection services 564 may include intrusion detection services, unauthorized access attempt detection services, and the like.
- Unauthorized access attempt detection services may include unauthorized attempts to access devices, applications, data, and the like.
- Device management services 524 may include configuration, provisioning, security, support, monitoring, reporting, and decommissioning services.
- File sharing services 568 may include file management services, file storage services, file collaboration services, and the like.
- Policy manager services 570 may include device policy manager services, application policy manager services, data policy manager services, and the like.
- Social integration services 572 may include contact integration services, collaboration services, integration with social networks such as Facebook, Twitter, and LinkedIn, and the like.
- Application controller services 574 may include management services, provisioning services, deployment services, assignment services, revocation services, wrapping services, and the like.
- the enterprise mobility technical architecture 500 may include an application store 578 .
- the application store 578 may include unwrapped applications 580 , pre-wrapped applications 582 , and the like. Applications may be populated in the application store 578 from the application controller 574 .
- the application store 578 may be accessed by the mobile device 502 through the access gateway 560 , through the public Internet 548 , or the like.
- the application store may be provided with an intuitive and easy to use User Interface.
- a software development kit 584 may provide a user the capability to secure applications selected by the user by wrapping the application as described previously in this description. An application that has been wrapped using the software development kit 584 may then be made available to the mobile device 502 by populating it in the application store 578 using the application controller 574 .
- the enterprise mobility technical architecture 500 may include a management and analytics capability 588 .
- the management and analytics capability 588 may provide information related to how resources are used, how often resources are used, and the like.
- Resources may include devices, applications, data, and the like. How resources are used may include which devices download which applications, which applications access which data, and the like. How often resources are used may include how often an application has been downloaded, how many times a specific set of data has been accessed by an application, and the like.
- FIG. 6 is another illustrative enterprise mobility management system 600 . Some of the components of the mobility management system 500 described above with reference to FIG. 5 have been omitted for the sake of simplicity.
- the architecture of the system 600 depicted in FIG. 6 is similar in many respects to the architecture of the system 500 described above with reference to FIG. 5 and may include additional features not mentioned above.
- the left hand side represents an enrolled mobile device 602 with a client agent 604 , which interacts with gateway server 606 (which includes access gateway and application controller functionality) to access various enterprise resources 608 and services 609 such as Exchange, Sharepoint, PKI Resources, Kerberos Resources, Certificate Issuance service, as shown on the right hand side above.
- gateway server 606 which includes access gateway and application controller functionality
- enterprise resources 608 and services 609 such as Exchange, Sharepoint, PKI Resources, Kerberos Resources, Certificate Issuance service, as shown on the right hand side above.
- the mobile device 602 may also interact with an enterprise application store (StoreFront) for the selection and downloading of applications.
- StoreFront enterprise application store
- the client agent 604 acts as the UI (user interface) intermediary for Windows apps/desktops hosted in an Enterprise data center, which are accessed using the HDX/ICA display remoting protocol.
- the client agent 604 also supports the installation and management of native applications on the mobile device 602 , such as native iOS or Android applications.
- native applications on the mobile device 602 such as native iOS or Android applications.
- the managed applications 610 email, browser, wrapped application, secure container to which a VPN, such as an application-specific policy-controller VPN can connect to
- Client agent 604 and application management framework of this architecture act to provide policy driven management capabilities and features such as connectivity and SSO (single sign on) to enterprise resources/services 608 .
- the client agent 604 handles primary user authentication to the enterprise, normally to access gateway (AG) with SSO to other gateway server components.
- the client agent 604 obtains policies from gateway server 606 to control the behavior of the managed applications 610 on the mobile device 602 .
- the Secure IPC links 612 between the native applications 610 and client agent 604 represent a management channel, which allows client agent to supply policies to be enforced by the application management framework 614 “wrapping” each application.
- the IPC channel 612 also allows client agent 604 to supply credential and authentication information that enables connectivity and SSO to enterprise resources 608 .
- the IPC channel 612 allows the application management framework 614 to invoke user interface functions implemented by client agent 604 , such as online and offline authentication.
- Communications between the client agent 604 and gateway server 606 are essentially an extension of the management channel from the application management framework 614 wrapping each native managed application 610 .
- the application management framework 614 requests policy information from client agent 604 , which in turn requests it from gateway server 606 .
- the application management framework 614 requests authentication, and client agent 604 logs into the gateway services part of gateway server 606 (e.g., NetScaler access gateway).
- Client agent 604 may also call supporting services on gateway server 606 , which may produce input material to derive encryption keys for the local data vaults 616 , or provide client certificates which may enable direct authentication to PKI protected resources, as more fully explained below.
- the application management framework 614 “wraps” each managed application 610 . This may be incorporated via an explicit build step, or via a post-build processing step.
- the application management framework 614 may “pair” with client agent 604 on first launch of an application 610 to initialize the Secure IPC channel and obtain the policy for that application.
- the application management framework 614 may enforce relevant portions of the policy that apply locally, such as the client agent login dependencies and some of the containment policies that restrict how local OS services may be used, or how they may interact with the application 610 .
- the application management framework 614 may use services provided by client agent 604 over the Secure IPC channel 612 to facilitate authentication and internal network access.
- Key management for the private and shared data vaults 616 (containers) may be also managed by appropriate interactions between the managed applications 610 and client agent 604 .
- Vaults 616 may be available only after online authentication, or may be made available after offline authentication if allowed by policy. First use of vaults 616 may require online authentication, and offline access may be limited to at most the policy refresh period before online authentication is again required.
- Network access to internal resources may occur directly from individual managed applications 610 through access gateway 606 .
- the application management framework 614 is responsible for orchestrating the network access on behalf of each application 610 .
- Client agent 604 may facilitate these network connections by providing suitable time limited secondary credentials obtained following online authentication. Multiple modes of network connection may be used, such as reverse web proxy connections and end-to-end VPN-style tunnels 618 .
- the Mail and Browser managed applications 610 have special status and may make use of facilities that might not be generally available to arbitrary wrapped applications.
- the Mail application may use a special background network access mechanism that allows it to access Exchange over an extended period of time without requiring a full AG logon.
- the Browser application may use multiple private data vaults to segregate different kinds of data.
- gateway server 606 (including its gateway services) in some cases will not need to validate AD passwords. It can be left to the discretion of an enterprise whether an AD password is used as an authentication factor for some users in some situations. Different authentication methods may be used if a user is online or offline (i.e., connected or not connected to a network).
- Step up authentication is a feature wherein gateway server 606 may identify managed native applications 610 that are allowed to have access to highly classified data requiring strong authentication, and ensure that access to these applications is only permitted after performing appropriate authentication, even if this means a re-authentication is required by the user after a prior weaker level of login.
- the vaults 616 may be encrypted so that all on-device data including files, databases, and configurations are protected.
- the keys may be stored on the server (gateway server 606 ), and for off-line vaults, a local copy of the keys may be protected by a user password or biometric validation.
- a minimum of AES 256 encryption algorithm be utilized.
- a logging feature may be included, wherein all security events happening inside an application 610 are logged and reported to the backend. Data wiping may be supported, such as if the application 610 detects tampering, associated encryption keys may be written over with random data, leaving no hint on the file system that user data was destroyed.
- Screenshot protection is another feature, where an application may prevent any data from being stored in screenshots. For example, the key window's hidden property may be set to YES. This may cause whatever content is currently displayed on the screen to be hidden, resulting in a blank screenshot where any content would normally reside.
- Local data transfer may be prevented, such as by preventing any data from being locally transferred outside the application container, e.g., by copying it or sending it to an external application.
- a keyboard cache feature may operate to disable the autocorrect functionality for sensitive text fields.
- SSL certificate validation may be operable so the application specifically validates the server SSL certificate instead of it being stored in the keychain.
- An encryption key generation feature may be used such that the key used to encrypt data on the device is generated using a passphrase or biometric data supplied by the user (if offline access is required). It may be XORed with another key randomly generated and stored on the server side if offline access is not required.
- Key Derivation functions may operate such that keys generated from the user password use KDFs (key derivation functions, notably PBKDF2) rather than creating a cryptographic hash of it. The latter makes a key susceptible to brute force or dictionary attacks.
- one or more initialization vectors may be used in encryption methods.
- An initialization vector will cause multiple copies of the same encrypted data to yield different cipher text output, preventing both replay and cryptanalytic attacks. This will also prevent an attacker from decrypting any data even with a stolen encryption key if the specific initialization vector used to encrypt the data is not known.
- authentication then decryption may be used, wherein application data is decrypted only after the user has authenticated within the application.
- Another feature may relate to sensitive data in memory, which may be kept in memory (and not in disk) only when it's needed. For example, login credentials may be wiped from memory after login, and encryption keys and other data inside objective-C instance variables are not stored, as they may be easily referenced. Instead, memory may be manually allocated for these.
- An inactivity timeout may be implemented, wherein after a policy-defined period of inactivity, a user session is terminated.
- Data leakage from the application management framework 614 may be prevented in other ways. For example, when an application 610 is put in the background, the memory may be cleared after a predetermined (configurable) time period. When backgrounded, a snapshot may be taken of the last displayed screen of the application to fasten the foregrounding process. The screenshot may contain confidential data and hence should be cleared.
- OTP one time password
- AD active directory
- Another security feature relates to the use of an OTP (one time password) 620 without the use of an AD (active directory) 622 password for access to one or more applications.
- OTP one time password
- some users do not know (or are not permitted to know) their AD password, so these users may authenticate using an OTP 620 such as by using a hardware OTP system like SecurID (OTPs may be provided by different vendors also, such as Entrust or Gemalto).
- OTPs SecurID
- a text is sent to the user with an OTP 620 . In some cases, this may be implemented only for online use, with a prompt being a single field.
- An offline password may be implemented for offline authentication for those applications 610 for which offline use is permitted via enterprise policy.
- an enterprise may want an enterprise application to be accessed in this manner.
- the client agent 604 may require the user to set a custom offline password and the AD password is not used.
- Gateway server 606 may provide policies to control and enforce password standards with respect to the minimum length, character class composition, and age of passwords, such as described by the standard Windows Server password complexity requirements, although these requirements may be modified.
- Another feature relates to the enablement of a client side certificate for certain applications 610 as secondary credentials (for the purpose of accessing PKI protected web resources via the application management framework micro VPN feature).
- an application may utilize such a certificate.
- certificate-based authentication using ActiveSync protocol may be supported, wherein a certificate from the client agent 604 may be retrieved by gateway server 606 and used in a keychain.
- Each managed application may have one associated client certificate, identified by a label that is defined in gateway server 606 .
- Gateway server 606 may interact with an Enterprise special purpose web service to support the issuance of client certificates to allow relevant managed applications to authenticate to internal PKI protected resources.
- the client agent 604 and the application management framework 614 may be enhanced to support obtaining and using client certificates for authentication to internal PKI protected network resources. More than one certificate may be supported, such as to match various levels of security and/or separation requirements.
- the certificates may be used by the Mail and Browser managed applications, and ultimately by arbitrary wrapped applications (provided those applications use web service style communication patterns where it is reasonable for the application management framework to mediate https requests).
- Application management client certificate support on iOS may rely on importing a PKCS 12 BLOB (Binary Large Object) into the iOS keychain in each managed application for each period of use.
- Application management framework client certificate support may use a HTTPS implementation with private in-memory key storage. The client certificate will never be present in the iOS keychain and will not be persisted except potentially in “online-only” data value that is strongly protected.
- Mutual SSL may also be implemented to provide additional security by requiring that a mobile device 602 is authenticated to the enterprise, and vice versa.
- Virtual smart cards for authentication to gateway server 606 may also be implemented.
- the full support feature relates to an ability to do full Kerberos login to Active Directory (AD) 622 , using an AD password or trusted client certificate, and obtain Kerberos service tickets to respond to HTTP Negotiate authentication challenges.
- the limited support feature relates to constrained delegation in AFEE, where AFEE supports invoking Kerberos protocol transition so it can obtain and use Kerberos service tickets (subject to constrained delegation) in response to HTTP Negotiate authentication challenges. This mechanism works in reverse web proxy (aka CVPN) mode, and when http (but not https) connections are proxied in VPN and MicroVPN mode.
- CVPN reverse web proxy
- Another feature relates to application container locking and wiping, which may automatically occur upon jail-break or rooting detections, and occur as a pushed command from administration console, and may include a remote wipe functionality even when an application 610 is not running.
- a multi-site architecture or configuration of enterprise application store and an application controller may be supported that allows users to be service from one of several different locations in case of failure.
- managed applications 610 may be allowed to access a certificate and private key via an API (example OpenSSL).
- Trusted managed applications 610 of an enterprise may be allowed to perform specific Public Key operations with an application's client certificate and private key.
- Various use cases may be identified and treated accordingly, such as when an application behaves like a browser and no certificate access is required, when an application reads a certificate for “who am I,” when an application uses the certificate to build a secure session token, and when an application uses private keys for digital signing of important data (e.g. transaction log) or for temporary data encryption.
- MRM mobile resource management
- An improved technique ensures that a wide range of policies, including application-specific policies and settings, can be composed, configured through an administrative interface, and delivered to the deployed applications, without requiring changes to control point software.
- Enterprises may create (or adapt) their native mobile applications using tools and SDKs associated with the MRM solution they have chosen to deploy. Depending upon the tools or SDK version used to prepare such applications, one can expect that there will be a default set of policies that the MRM system provides automatically. These default policies can be further augmented by an application developer defining their own application specific policies and settings.
- All policies and settings may be defined using a declarative syntax (metadata) that in some variations may include the various elements associated with each setting.
- the metadata is provided in the form of an XML (Extensible Markup Language) document that defines individual elements listed for each setting.
- an XML document may use the tags ⁇ policymetadata> and ⁇ /policymetadata>, respectively.
- the collection of policy setting may be between section tags ⁇ policies> and ⁇ /policies>.
- Each policy setting may include elements such as the following:
- the various setting group or category identifiers that are available for each policy setting may defined using special ⁇ category> and ⁇ /category> tags, and the collection of setting group or category identifiers may be included between ⁇ categories> and ⁇ /categories> tags.
- the collection of setting group identifiers and the collection of settings may be included between the ⁇ policymetadata> and ⁇ /policymetadata> tags.
- an XML document that defines a policy may take the general form similar to the following nested arrangement of XML tags with comments in [ ]:
- FIG. 7 illustrates an example method for configuring a policy for a managed application. Additionally, FIG. 7 illustrates a method that is performed by the processing circuitry of one or more computing devices—such as an access gateway, another server under control by an IT administrator of an enterprise (or other user), or another device acting as a control point—when operating in accordance with various software constructs.
- computing devices such as an access gateway, another server under control by an IT administrator of an enterprise (or other user), or another device acting as a control point—when operating in accordance with various software constructs.
- the one or more computing device may receive initial policy settings or other data for inclusion in a policy.
- application preparation tools may assemble one or more policies (also referred herein interchangeably as policy metadata, setting descriptions, and the like) including, for example, a set of default MRM system-provided policies, which may also include one or more application-specific policies or settings provided by the application developer.
- policies or settings may be packaged directly into the application bundle that will be uploaded to the computing device configured to perform the method of FIG. 7 (e.g., a control point, access gateway 560 of FIG. 5 , or the like).
- the one or more computing devices may proceed to finalize configuration of the policy for the managed application, as illustrated in steps 703 - 709 of FIG. 7 .
- the one or more computing devices may create or otherwise display a user interface (UI) to display various portions of the initial policy settings.
- UI user interface
- the one or more computing devices may read the initial policy settings or any other metadata associated with or packaged with the application and may dynamically compose an administrative user interface for all setting descriptions, policy metadata, etc. Further details related to the user interface will be discussed below in connection with FIGS. 12A-12J
- the one or more computing device may receive input via the user interface to set, change, and/or add to one or more of the initial policy settings.
- the IT administrator or other user that, for example, has admin privileges
- the one or more computing devices may determine to produce one or more published versions of the policy.
- the determination may be made responsive to input that is received via the user interface from the IT administrator (or other user). Such input may, for example, represent an acceptance of the policy for the managed application or a command to publish the policy.
- the user interface may be configured to allow the IT administrator (or other user) to create multiple policies from the policy settings.
- Each policy may, for example, be specific to a different user role associated with the enterprise (e.g., one policy for a sales employee; a different policy for a designer, etc.) or application group (e.g., a managed application may be assigned to an application group that provides various constraints or benefits to member applications, such as shared access to data stored in data containers, or the like).
- the one or more computing devices may produce one or more policy files for the managed application.
- a JSON JavaScript Object Notation
- XML XML dictionary of key/value pairs representing each defined setting name (dictionary name) and its assigned value
- the settings of the policy file represent the corporate policy that should be enforced in order to access resources that are accessible via the access gateway or to execute the managed application.
- the user interface may be configured to allow the IT administrator (or other user) to create multiple policies from the policy settings. Accordingly, multiple policies may be produced with each policy being specific to a different user role associated with the enterprise (e.g., one policy for a sales employee; a different policy for a designer, etc.) or application group (e.g., a managed application may be assigned to an application group that provides various constraints or benefits to member applications, such as shared access to data stored in data containers, or the like).
- the one or more computing devices may provide the managed application and the policy file available to be available for download by one or more mobile devices.
- the managed applications and any associated policy can be made available to an enterprise's employees to peruse and choose to install.
- the version of the application and the policy that is made available to each user can be based on their role within the organization.
- such applications and policies can be pushed directly to mobile devices for users who have enrolled or registered their device with a corporate MDM server that provides such a push service.
- distribution of the policy may be separate from distribution of the managed application.
- an employee executes a managed application on the mobile device, they may be challenged to authenticate their corporate identity along with passwords and other factors as dictated by corporate policy.
- the access manager components of the system may verify that the user is entitled to the application in question and download the JSON or XML policy file that represent the settings that have been established by the administrator for this user or mobile device when using this specific managed application.
- Transmission of the policy and managed application to the mobile device may, in some variations, be performed using one or more application specific VPN tunnels, such as a MicroVPN (discussed above).
- application specific VPN tunnels such as a MicroVPN (discussed above).
- the policy file can be consulted by the application or MRM software embedded within the mobile device (e.g., by the client agent 604 of FIG. 6 ) whenever a policy decision is needed at run time.
- the policy may be cached and periodically refreshed to ensure continued compliance with configured administrative settings produce a policy file for the managed application (e.g., an IT administrator may update a policy by performing a method similar to that illustrated in FIG. 7 to change, delete, or add to the policy).
- one of the policy settings may dictate a required update frequency to the policy.
- the MRM system may be configured to check if an updated version of the policy exists when, for example, the access gateway receives an indication that the managed application is executing on the mobile device (e.g., the access gateway receives a request to authenticate the user, mobile device or application; the access gateway receives a request to create an application specific VPN tunnel, the access gateway receives a request to access a resource that is accessible through the access gateway, or the like). If an update exists, the MRM system may transmit the updated version of the policy to the mobile device.
- the access gateway receives an indication that the managed application is executing on the mobile device (e.g., the access gateway receives a request to authenticate the user, mobile device or application; the access gateway receives a request to create an application specific VPN tunnel, the access gateway receives a request to access a resource that is accessible through the access gateway, or the like). If an update exists, the MRM system may transmit the updated version of the policy to the mobile device.
- transmission of an update to the policy may be performed without updating the managed application. Further, the user of the mobile device may be unaware of the update to the policy.
- an enterprise may provide a user interface that is usable by an operator to view, create, and edit the policies, applications, and other data related to the same.
- FIG. 12A-12J illustrate example user interfaces that can be used to configure one or more policies, settings or metadata.
- the user interface may be executed by one or more computing devices, such as an access gateway another server under control by an IT administrator of an enterprise, or another device acting as a control point.
- the user interface of FIGS. 12A-12J may be usable by an operator or other user with administrator privileges. Accordingly, the operator may be required to log in prior to viewing the user interface displayed in FIGS. 12A-12J .
- FIG. 12A-12J as illustrated with an “administrator” being logged in, as indicated at display 1205 of FIG. 12A . While additional details for configuring a policy will be described throughout this disclosure (e.g., in connection with FIG. 7 ), the example user interfaces will be described, for example, to illustrate various settings that may comprise a policy and other data that an operator may view when an enterprise provides managed applications and policies to mobile devices.
- an example dashboard interface 1210 is shown.
- the dashboard 1210 may provide a quick snapshot of user activity over a specified period of time (e.g., the last 24 hours of user activity, as shown at 1205 ).
- the dashboard 1210 displays the total number of users that have logged in via display 1215 ; the number of applications or resources that have been accessed by those total number of users via display 1225 ; and the current number of connected user sessions via display 1220 .
- FIGS. 12B-12J illustrate different views of the user interface that provide options for viewing and editing the policies for the applications and resources.
- the example embodiment organizes the options under “Apps & Docs” tab 1310 .
- the policies may be for resources of various types and the user interface may be organized based on the various types. For example, as illustrated, the user interface of FIG. 12B is organized into a mobile application type 1320 , a document type 1365 , and a desktop application type 1375 .
- These general resource types may be further divided into sub-type such as by operating system (e.g., mobile application type 1320 is illustrated as being sub-divided into applications for the Android operating system 1330 and iOS operating system 1335 ; and desktop application type 1375 is illustrated as being sub-divided into applications for the Windows operating system 1380 ); whether the resource provides a web-based service or a software as a service (SAAS) model (e.g., a type for web service and SaaS model applications 1340 ); whether the resource functions as a simple link to a website (e.g., a type for a web link application 1345 ); whether the resource is an application store or marketplace (e.g., a type for public application stores/marketplaces 1350 and a type for enterprise application stores/marketplaces 1360 ); whether the resource is being provided by a cloud service (e.g., a type for providing documents via a file share service 1370 ); and whether the resource has been disabled from being available to users (e.g., a
- these types may not be specified in any policy file or metadata. Indeed, these types may be solely for the benefit of the administrator in navigating the user interface to find the resource policy file in which he or she intends to create/edit. However, in others, the type and sub-type may be specified in a policy file. For example, when the policy is first created, the administrator may specify the type and version number, which can be viewed after policy creation but not editable (e.g., settings 1520 and 1525 of FIG. 12D ).
- the administrator may be presented with a listing of policies associated with that resource type.
- the sub-type Android 1330 for the application type 1325 has been selected, and a number of icons are shown as being presented. Included in the icons is an icon for each policy that has been created (e.g., icon 1390 and icon 1395 ). While FIG. 12B illustrates these icons as being blank, they may include graphics and/or text within the icon's border or surrounding the icon. Also included in the icons is an icon for creating a new policy 1385 . While the remaining portion of FIGS. 12C-12J will be described in connection with configuring a policy for a mobile application of the Android operating system, different policy settings and displays may be used for the different resource types.
- each policy may also be given a category setting.
- the administrator may be able to filter the displayed icons by pull-down selector 1315 , which lists the various categories of the policies.
- a summary window may appear that provides a few details from the policy file/metadata and a few additional selectable options.
- the details may include a display name 1410 for the policy (which is editable at 1510 of FIG. 12D ), a description 1415 for the policy (which is editable at 1515 of FIG. 12D ), an internal or workflow name 1420 for the policy (which is editable at 1610 of FIG. 12E ), a single sign on (SSO) type 1425 for the policy; and a category 1430 for the policy (which is editable at 1545 of FIG. 12D ).
- the additional selectable options may include an option 1435 to disable/enable the policy; an option 1440 to delete the policy; an option 1445 to edit the policy; and an option 1450 to push the policy to users' devices.
- a mobile application details screen 1505 may be displayed in the user interface.
- the details screen 1505 may present an opportunity for the administrator to view and edit various settings of the policy.
- the mobile application details screen 1505 may first present the settings associated with the details group for the policy (e.g., setting group identifier 1502 for details settings).
- the resource name that the policy is for may be defined (e.g., mobile application name setting 1510 ) and a short description of the resource may also be defined (e.g., description 1515 ).
- the resource type and resource version may both be viewable (e.g., mobile application type 1520 and mobile application version 1525 ), and may have been defined when the policy was first created.
- the resource/application that the policy is to be applied to may be analyzed to determine the default settings for the policy. For example, an application can be analyzed to determine the application programming interface (API) calls that it performs and various settings can be included in the policy based on those API calls. As a particular example, if the application makes a call to the mobile device's camera, various settings to block/allow access to the camera may be included in the policy. If no calls are made to the mobile device's camera, setting(s) to block/allow access to the camera may not be included in the policy.
- API application programming interface
- the policy may also define various version constraints on the resource.
- FIG. 12D illustrates a policy setting for enforcing a minimum and maximum operating system version for a mobile application at minimum OS version 1530 and maximum OS version 1535 .
- the policy may also exclude one or more devices from being able to access/install the resource (e.g., excluded devices setting 1540 ).
- a category for the policy may be defined (e.g., category setting 1545 and one of the types enumerated by pull-down selector 1315 ).
- the policy may include a user role setting to enforce a role a user must be assigned in order to access/install the resource (e.g., assigned role setting 1550 ).
- the policy may also include a setting to enforce a requirement that the resource be installed on the mobile device (e.g., require application installation setting 1555 ). After viewing/editing the various policy settings on the mobile application details screen 1505 , the administrator may press the next button 1560 to save the settings of mobile application details screen 1505 to the policy file.
- a setting to enforce a requirement that the resource be installed on the mobile device e.g., require application installation setting 1555 .
- the user interface may display the settings associated with the workflow group for the policy (e.g., setting group 1602 for workflow settings), which is illustrated in FIG. 12E .
- the settings that can be viewed/edited at mobile application workflow screen 1602 include a setting that distribution of the policy to a user's device requires approval (e.g., approval setting 1605 ), a setting specifying a workflow name for the policy (e.g., workflow name 1610 ), and a description of the workflow (e.g., description setting 1615 ).
- the administrator may press next button 1620 to save the workflow settings of the mobile application details screen 1505 to the policy file.
- Policy settings 1702 may include the remaining setting groups that are enumerated in the policy including, for example, a setting group for authentication settings (setting group 1705 for authentication settings, as illustrated in FIG. 12F ); a setting group for device security settings (setting group 1730 for device security settings, as illustrated in FIGS. 12F and 12G ); a setting group for network requirement settings (setting group 1810 for network requirement settings, as illustrated in FIG. 12G ); a setting group for miscellaneous access settings (setting group 1830 for miscellaneous network access settings, as illustrated in FIG.
- a setting group for encryption settings (setting group 1905 for encryption settings, as illustrated in FIG. 12H ); a setting group for application interaction settings (setting group 2005 for mobile application interaction settings, as illustrated in FIG. 12I ); a setting group for application restriction settings (setting groups 2025 and 2125 for application restriction settings, as illustrated in FIGS. 12I and 12J ); and a group for network access settings (setting group 2105 for network access settings, as illustrated in FIG. 12J ).
- a policy file may include various settings defined as part of an authentication settings group identifier (e.g., those illustrated in FIG. 12F as being part of setting group 1705 ).
- Authentication group settings may include authentication setting 1710 , which may define what level of authentication is required, such as whether a networked log-on with the access gateway is required before accessing the application, whether offline access of the application is permitted, whether access of the application can only be performed when offline, or whether authentication is not required to access the application.
- authentication setting 1710 may define what level of authentication is required, such as whether a networked log-on with the access gateway is required before accessing the application, whether offline access of the application is permitted, whether access of the application can only be performed when offline, or whether authentication is not required to access the application.
- the policy may also specify a maximum offline period setting 1715 , which specifies a time period that, when exceeded by the mobile device, would cause the mobile device to challenge the user for the enterprise logon before allowing access to the application.
- maximum offline period setting 1715 is set for 72 hours. In some embodiments, the minimum amount is 1 hour.
- the user will be reminded that a networked log-on will be required at various times before the period expires (e.g., 30 minutes, 10 minutes, etc.), and, after expiration, the application remains locked until the user completes a successful network log-on.
- setting 1715 may be ignored with no offline access allowed.
- the policy may also specify a re-authentication period setting 1720 , which defines a period where when it is expired and the application is re-started, a user is challenged to re-authenticate. In some arrangements, if set to zero, the user is prompted for authentication each time app is started or activated. As illustrated, re-authentication period setting 1720 is set for 480 minutes (e.g., 8 hours). Accordingly, when the application is re-started after 8 hours from a previous authentication, the user will be required to re-authenticate (e.g., supply the log-on username and password).
- re-authentication period setting 1720 defines a period where when it is expired and the application is re-started, a user is challenged to re-authenticate. In some arrangements, if set to zero, the user is prompted for authentication each time app is started or activated. As illustrated, re-authentication period setting 1720 is set for 480 minutes (e.g., 8 hours). Accordingly, when the application is re
- the policy may also specify a domain name of the access gateway that the mobile device is to use when authenticating.
- gateway domain name setting 1725 allows an administrator to specify a fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of an access gateway that will handle authentication.
- a policy file may include various settings defined as part of a device security settings group identifier (e.g., those illustrated in FIGS. 12F and 12G as being part of setting group 1730 ).
- Device security settings group 1730 may include a setting specifying whether to block jailbroken or rooted devices. For example, block jailbroken setting 1735 , if set to “on” the application is locked when the device is jailbroken or rooted. If setting 1735 is set to “off” the application can run even if the device is jailbroken or rooted.
- the policy may also include a require device encryption setting 1740 . If require device encryption setting 1740 is set to “on” data stored on the mobile device will be encrypted (e.g., in accordance with the encryption settings group, as discussed below). If require device encryption setting 1740 is set to “off” the data stored on the mobile device is not encrypted.
- the policy may also include a require device PIN (personal identification number) or password setting 1745 . If setting 1745 is set to “on” the user will be required to lock/unlock the mobile device using a PIN or password. If set to “off” the mobile phone will not be required to be locked via a PIN or password.
- PIN personal identification number
- password setting 1745 If setting 1745 is set to “on” the user will be required to lock/unlock the mobile device using a PIN or password. If set to “off” the mobile phone will not be required to be locked via a PIN or password.
- the policy may also include a require device pattern screen lock setting 1805 . If setting 1805 is set to “on” the user will be required to lock/unlock the mobile device using a pattern screen lock mechanism. If set to “off” the mobile phone will not be required to be locked via a pattern screen lock mechanism.
- a policy file may include various settings defined as part of a network requirements settings group identifier (e.g., those illustrated in FIG. 12G as being part of setting group 1810 ).
- Network requirements setting group 1810 may include a require WiFi setting 1815 . If setting 1815 is set to “on” the application will be locked when the device is not connected to a WiFi network (e.g., 3G, 4G, LAN connection, etc.). If setting 1815 is set to “of” the application will be able to run even if the mobile device does not have an active WiFi connection.
- a WiFi network e.g., 3G, 4G, LAN connection, etc.
- the policy may also include a require internal network setting 1820 . If setting 1820 is set to “on” the application is allowed to run on the mobile device only when the mobile device is connected inside the enterprise network. If setting 1820 is set to “off” the application can run from an external network.
- the policy may also include an internal WiFi network setting 1825 .
- Setting 1825 may be defined by a comma separated list of allowed internal WiFi network identifiers (e.g., SSID). In some arrangements, this setting applies only when connected via an internal enterprise network. For example, when the mobile device is connected from inside the enterprise network, application access is blocked unless the device is connected via one of the listed network identifiers. If setting 1825 is empty, any internal WiFi network may be used. If logged on from an external network (or not logged on), this setting may not enforced.
- a policy file may include various settings defined as part of a miscellaneous access settings group identifier (e.g., those illustrated in FIG. 12G as being part of setting group 1830 ).
- Miscellaneous access setting group 1830 may include an update grace period setting 1835 .
- Setting 1835 may define the grace period within which the application may continue to be used after the system has discovered that an update is available.
- the policy may also include an authentication failure setting 1840 .
- Setting 1840 may define a number of consecutive failed offline password challenges that will cause the application to become locked. Once locked, the application may only be unlocked through a successful network log-on. In some arrangements, if setting 1840 is set to zero, authentication failures will never cause the application to become locked.
- the policy may also include an erase application data setting 1845 .
- Setting 1845 may define whether application data should be deleted when the application is locked. If setting 1845 is set to “on” data maintained by the application may be erased when the application is locked. Erasing such data may effectively reset the application to its original installed state. If setting 1845 is set to “off” data maintained by the application is not erased when the app is locked.
- An application can be locked for various reasons such as, for example: loss of application entitlement for the user; application subscription removed; user account removed by the enterprise, too many application authentication failures, the mobile device being jailbroken or rooted without policy permitting application access when the device is jailbroken/rooted, device placed in lock state by administrative action, and the like.
- the policy may also include an active poll period setting 1850 .
- Setting 1850 defines a poll period for reaching the application controller and providing the application controller with information about the lock/erase status of the mobile device and the enable/disable status of the application. After a successful poll, the interval may be restarted and a new poll will again be attempted upon expiration of the specified poll period.
- a policy file may include various settings defined as part of an encryption settings group identifier (e.g., those illustrated in FIG. 12H as being part of setting group 1905 ).
- Encryption settings group 1905 may include an encryption keys setting 1910 to allow how encryption keys are managed. For example, if setting 1910 is set to “online access only” data used to derive encryption keys cannot be persist on the device (e.g., be stored in a long-term storage). Instead, such data must be recovered from the enterprise each time the encryption keys are to be derived. If setting 1910 is set to “offline access permitted” data used to derive encryption keys can persist on the device. In some arrangements, if setting 1910 is set to “online access only” authentication setting 1710 is enforced to be set to “network logon.”
- the policy may also include a private file encryption setting 1915 that specifies a security group which can access the application's private files. This allows for different applications assigned to the specified security group to derive the keys used to encrypt/decrypt the private files.
- the policy may also include a private file encryption setting 1920 that specifies exclusions to databases/specific locations where private files/data will not be automatically encrypted.
- the policy may also include an access limit setting 1925 that specifies access limits for public files.
- the policy may also include a public file encryption setting 1930 that specifies a security group which can access the application's public files. This allows for different applications assigned to the specified security group to derive the keys used to encrypt/decrypt the public files.
- the policy may also include a public file encryption setting 1935 that specifies exclusions to databases/specific locations where public files/data will not be automatically encrypted.
- the policy may also include a public file migration setting 1940 that specifies the access permissions that public files are assigned.
- a policy file may include various settings defined as part of an application interaction settings group identifier (e.g., those illustrated in FIG. 12I as being part of setting group 2005 ).
- Application interaction setting group 2005 may include a security group setting 2010 that specifies a security group for the policy.
- this setting when this setting is set to blank, all applications can exchange data with the application.
- this application when this application is given one or more comma separated security group identifiers, only security groups matching one of the listed identifiers will be able to exchange data with the application.
- the policy may also include a cut and copy setting 2015 that, for example, specifies whether the application is able to perform cut and copy operations (e.g., blocked or unrestricted), or whether the application is only able to cut and copy operations with applications in its security group (e.g., restricted).
- cut and copy setting 2015 specifies whether the application is able to perform cut and copy operations (e.g., blocked or unrestricted), or whether the application is only able to cut and copy operations with applications in its security group (e.g., restricted).
- cut and copy setting 2015 specifies whether the application is able to perform cut and copy operations (e.g., blocked or unrestricted), or whether the application is only able to cut and copy operations with applications in its security group (e.g., restricted).
- the policy may also include a document exchange setting 2020 .
- Setting 2020 in some variations, blocks, permits, or restricts document exchange operations for this application (e.g., by being set to blocked, unrestricted or restricted).
- setting 2020 is set to “restricted” data can be exchanged only with other applications having the same security group as the application.
- a policy file may include various settings defined as part of an application restriction settings group identifier (e.g., those illustrated in FIGS. 12I and 12J as being part of setting group 2025 and setting group 2125 ).
- Application restriction settings group 2125 may include a disable diagnostic logging setting 2030 . If setting 2030 is set to “on” the application is unable to interact with the mobile device's diagnostic logging operations. If set to “off” the diagnostic logging operations are allowed to be performed for the application.
- the policy may also include a block camera setting 2035 . If setting 2035 is set to “on” the application may be unable to access the mobile device's camera. If set to “off” the application may be able to access the mobile device's camera.
- the policy may also include a block microphone record setting 2040 . If setting 2040 is set to “on” the application may be unable to record data via the mobile device's microphone. If set to “off” the application may be able to access/record from the mobile device's microphone.
- the policy may also include a block location services setting 2045 . If setting 2045 is set to “on” the application may be unable to access the mobile device's location services (e.g., global positioning services (GPS)). If set to “off” the application may be able to access the mobile device's location services.
- GPS global positioning services
- the policy may also include a block short messaging service (SMS) setting 2050 . If setting 2050 is set to “on” the application may be unable to access the mobile device's SMS compose function. If set to “off” the application may be able to access the mobile device's SMS compose function.
- SMS block short messaging service
- the policy may also include a block screen capture setting 2130 . If setting 2130 is set to “on” the application may be unable to access the mobile device's screen capture function. If set to “off” the application may be able to access the mobile device's screen capture function.
- the policy may also include a block device sensor setting 2135 . If setting 2135 is set to “on” the application may be unable to access the mobile device's sensors (e.g., acceleration, orientation sensors, and the like). If set to “off” the application may be able to access the mobile device's sensors.
- setting 2135 is set to “on” the application may be unable to access the mobile device's sensors (e.g., acceleration, orientation sensors, and the like). If set to “off” the application may be able to access the mobile device's sensors.
- a policy file may include various settings defined as part of a network access settings group identifier (e.g., those illustrated in FIG. 12J as being part of setting group 2105 ).
- Network access settings group 2105 may include a network access setting 2110 .
- Setting 2110 can have various values related to preventing, permitting or redirecting network activity that is attempted by/intended for the application. For example, if setting 2110 is set to “unrestricted” no restrictions are placed on the network access of the application. If setting 2110 is set to “blocked” all network access is blocked. If setting 2110 is set to “tunneled to the internal network” an application-specific VPN tunnel back to the access gateway may be required for all network access.
- the policy may include a certificate label setting 2115 that allows for a particular certificate to be used for network access.
- the policy may include an authentication support setting 2120 that specifies whether a user should be authenticated before allowing network access.
- the administrator may press save button 2140 to save the policy settings to the policy file.
- the above settings are meant to only be examples of the types of settings that could be included in a policy. Variations on the above settings or different settings not discussed above could be included in a policy.
- additional types of policy settings not shown in FIGS. 12A-12J include, for example, a disable e-mail setting that blocks/allows access to the mobile device's e-mail functions; a disable paste setting that blocks/allows paste operations; a disable print setting that blocks/allows access to the mobile device's print functions; a disable cloud setting that blocks/allows access to the mobile device's cloud services; and one or more network traffic filters.
- a traffic filter is an outbound traffic filter.
- Some applications such as iOS applications, can dispatch uniform resource locator (URL) requests to other applications that have been registered to handle specific schemes (such as “https://”).
- URL uniform resource locator
- Such an outbound traffic filter setting may provide a mechanism for an application to pass requests for help to another application. This setting serves to filter the URLs that are passed from this application to other applications.
- the value of the setting should be formatted as a comma separated list of patterns where each pattern may be preceded by a plus “+” or minus “ ⁇ ”.
- Outbound URLs can be compared against the patterns in the order listed until a match is found. Once matched, the action taken may be dictated by the prefix.
- a minus “ ⁇ ” prefix blocks the URL from being passed out to another application.
- a plus “+” prefix permits the URL to be passed out to another application for handling. If neither “+” or “ ⁇ ” is provided with the pattern, a default action may be taken (e.g., allow is assumed).
- the regular-expression “ ⁇ ” prefix may be used to require the pattern to occur at the beginning of the URL. In some embodiments, if an outbound URL does not match any pattern in the list, it will be blocked.
- a similar filter setting could be constructed for an inbound network traffic filter.
- the administrative control point for the policies can dynamically compose user interface for these settings, thereby decoupling the back end EMM server software from the specific knowledge of policies to be offered.
- this data driven description of policy settings may simplify delivery of policy settings dynamically to an application at runtime without any middleware knowledge of the semantics of these settings.
- FIG. 8 illustrates an example environment in which various policies may be configured.
- the environment of FIG. 8 provide additional details not shown in FIGS. 5 and 6 and, specifically, show various aspects related to configuring policies for managed applications, as described herein (e.g., in connection with FIG. 7 and in connection with the below-described methods of the remaining figures).
- a mobile device 810 may communicate, e.g., over the Internet or some other network, with MRM system 830 .
- the MRM system 830 may include, for example, an authentication server 832 (e.g., that provides authentication services, such as those described in connection with FIG. 5 ), an application store 834 (e.g., application store 578 of FIG.
- an authentication server 832 e.g., that provides authentication services, such as those described in connection with FIG. 5
- an application store 834 e.g., application store 578 of FIG.
- MRM system 830 may include an access gateway or other component.
- MRM system 830 may include an access gateway or other component.
- an application developer 840 may develop an application 812 that is to be managed by one or more policies.
- the application developer may also produce initial policy metadata 846 .
- the policy metadata 846 may define a set of policies for controlling data flow into and/or out of the managed application 812 .
- the policy metadata may include a first set of policy metadata that is general to the MRM system 830 and a second set of policy metadata that is specific to the managed application 812 .
- the application developer 840 (or multiple developers) may develop multiple mobile applications, each with metadata general to the MRM system 830 and with application-specific metadata.
- the managed application 812 and policy metadata 846 may be received at the MRM system 830 (e.g., received from application developer 812 ) and provided to other otherwise received by the administrative UI generator 836 .
- the administrative UI generator 836 may dynamically generate an administrative UI 850 .
- An administrator such as an IT administrator, can then view the policy metadata 846 via a viewing component of UI 850 and customize the policy settings included in the policy metadata 846 , e.g., based on rules of the MRM system 830 and/or other considerations.
- policy 856 which may be an XML file, and may include one or more settings different from policy metadata 846 (e.g., policy metadata 846 may include a setting not included in policy 856 , policy metadata 846 may not include a setting included in policy 856 , etc.).
- the policy 856 may be in the form of a dictionary of policy names and values (e.g., key/values pairs), which may be included in an XML or JSON file, for example.
- the managed application 812 may be made available to users via the application store 834 .
- Users such as a user of the mobile device 810 , can log on to the MRM system 830 by, for example, submitting authentication requests 814 to the authentication server 832 (e.g., via a MicroVPN tunnel and an access gateway, as illustrated in FIG. 5 ) and receiving authentication responses 816 .
- Authenticated users can view applications in the application store 834 and download them to their mobile devices. For example, the user of the mobile device 810 can download the managed application 812 from the application store 834 .
- the user may also receive the policy 856 .
- the application 812 based on software installed on the mobile device (e.g., the client agent as described in connection with FIG. 6 ) can then be executed in such a way as to constrain its operation on the mobile device 810 in accordance with the policy 856 .
- the managed application 812 may be specially designed or adapted for use with the MRM system 830 or enterprise. In other words, the managed application can be considered to be not an application that general users can download for their own personal activities (e.g., news apps, Facebook app, etc.). In some examples, the managed application 812 may be designed especially for the MRM system 830 . In other examples, the application 812 may be a widely used application that is adapted specifically for use with the MRM system 830 . For example, the application 812 may be injected with additional code that enables the application to conform with the framework of the MRM system 830 . Such code can be compiled into the application 812 using an SDK. Alternatively, such code may be applied as a wrapper around the general-use application.
- Such “wrapping” may provide one or more interfaces to adapt the application 812 specifically for use with the MRM system 830 .
- the additional code may, for example, divert application programming interface (API) calls from the application 812 through the policy 856 , such that the policy 856 is applied to control the behavior of the application 812 on the mobile device 810 .
- API application programming interface
- the application developer(s) 840 can periodically provide updated versions of the policy metadata 846 . Such updates can be used to generate (via the administrative UI generator 836 ) an updated version of policy 856 . In some examples, the updated version of policy 856 can be pushed to the mobile device 810 to update the policy in use.
- the policy 856 residing on the mobile device 810 may be refreshed periodically, or in response to certain events, such as starting the application 812 on the mobile device 810 , in response to a MicroVPN connection being created between the mobile device 810 and an access gateway of the MRM system 830 , or in accordance with a setting of policy 856 that directs mobile device 810 to request an update to the policy 856 .
- the MRM system 830 has been shown and described as a server accessible via a network, such as the Internet, and may be implemented with both a server portion and a client portion that runs on the mobile device 810 .
- a policy may include any type of setting that an IT administrator or application developer may wish to implement for a managed application In connection with the numerous different settings that an IT administrator or application developer may wish to implement for a managed application, a few additional embodiments and variations will be described in connection with FIGS. 9 through 11 .
- an administrator may deploy a policy that restricts the availability of the data (stored within the container) to a specified time window and/or a geographic zone (e.g., as determined by a GPS chip of the mobile device) within which the mobile device must be currently located in order to access the data.
- the policy can instruct deletion of data from the container or otherwise make them unavailable when the specified time period expires or if the mobile device is taken outside of the defined geographic zone.
- a policy may specify how data associated with the mobile application is to be stored by the mobile device and/or how file system APIs called by the application are to be redirected and/or how data associated with the mobile application is to be processed by the mobile device.
- One example method for configuring and providing a policy that includes one or more settings for managing execution of a managed application will be discussed below in connection with FIG. 10 .
- a setting that specifies a token that can be used to authenticate a user when creating a MicroVPN connection specific to the managed application and that enables access by the mobile device/application to one or more resources that are accessible via an access gateway One example method for configuring and providing a policy that includes one or more settings related to user authentication and/or user identification will be discussed below in connection with FIG. 11 .
- FIG. 9 illustrates an example method for configuring and providing a policy that includes a setting to delete data in accordance with various aspects of the disclosure. Additionally, FIG. 9 illustrates a method that is performed by the processing circuitry of one or more computing devices—such as an access gateway, another server under control by an IT administrator of an enterprise, or another device acting as a control point—when operating in accordance with various software constructs.
- computing devices such as an access gateway, another server under control by an IT administrator of an enterprise, or another device acting as a control point—when operating in accordance with various software constructs.
- the one or more computing device may receive initial policy settings or other data for inclusion in a policy. This step may proceed similar to step 701 of FIG. 7 .
- the one or more computing devices may create a user interface (UI) to display various portions of the initial policy settings. This step may proceed similar to step 703 of FIG. 7 .
- UI user interface
- the one or more computing device may receive input via the user interface to set, change, and/or add to one or more settings related to providing a selective wipe on a mobile device (e.g., a selective wipe setting). Aspects of this step may proceed similar to step 705 of FIG. 7 .
- An IT administrator may provide input specifying one or more conditions that, when not met by the mobile device, instruct deletion of data or instruct the mobile device to perform a selective wipe.
- an IT administrator may provide input via the UI that specifies one or more temporal or geographic restrictions for data associated with the managed application.
- one or more policy settings may be set, changed and/or added to restrict the availability of data to a specified time window and/or a geographic zone (e.g., as determined by a GPS chip of the mobile device) within which the mobile device must be currently located in order to access data.
- An IT administrator may provide input specifying one or more conditions that, when met by the mobile device, instruct deletion of data or instruct the mobile device to perform a selective wipe.
- one or more settings may be set, changed and/or added via the UI that specify one or more operating conditions of the mobile device.
- Such operating conditions may include, for example, an attempt to jailbreak the mobile phone, install an application on a blacklist, a number of failed attempts to log-in to the mobile device, an attempt to uninstall the managed application, switch from a managed application to an unmanaged application, switch from the managed application being stored in a managed partition of the mobile device to an unmanaged partition, receive a message specifying that the user no longer is employed by the enterprise, or otherwise use the mobile device in a disallowed configuration.
- Other operating conditions may include deleting data according to a specified schedule (e.g., daily, weekly) or when a secure container has or exceeds a threshold amount of stored data.
- software on the device may monitor for the one or more operating conditions and when the operating conditions are met, may perform a selective wipe or delete data from the mobile device in accordance with the policy setting. Further details as to how the mobile device performs a selective wipe or deletes data is described below in connection with step 909 .
- the IT administrator may also be able to set, change and/or add specific data that is to be deleted when performing the selective wipe.
- a specific data container's identifier or resource name may be included in the policy setting so that any data stored in the data container (e.g., secure data container 528 of FIG. 5 , the private data vault or shared data vault of FIG. 6 , etc.).
- the policy setting may also specify that a user's mobile device is deleted of all enterprise application(s) and corporate data when performing the selective wipe based on the policy setting.
- the one or more computing devices may determine to produce one or more published versions of the policy. This step may proceed similar to step 707 of FIG. 7 .
- the one or more computing devices may produce one or more policy files for the managed application that include the selective wipe setting. This step may proceed similar to step 709 of FIG. 7 .
- the policy file produced by this step can be used by the mobile device to enforce the selective wipe settings. Accordingly, the policy can cause the mobile device or application to perform various actions based on any selective wipe setting included in the policy file. Generally, any of the above (or other) conditions described above in connection with step 905 may form the basis for actions that the mobile device or application is caused to perform.
- the mobile device may, in response, perform a selective wipe as defined by the selective wipe setting.
- a selective wipe may be performed by the mobile device as follows.
- the mobile device may begin by monitoring the operating conditions of the mobile device (e.g., monitor for when the user discontinues employment, violates a corporate policy such as if they jailbreak their device or otherwise use it in a disallowed configuration, or the like). Based on any selective wipe setting included in the policy and the monitored conditions, the mobile device may determine to perform a selective wipe of data. For example, if a selective wipe setting specifies a number of failed attempts that result in performance of a selective wipe and the mobile device detects a sufficient number of consecutive failed attempts to enter a valid passcode (e.g., 5 or 10), the mobile device may determine to perform a selective wipe.
- a selective wipe setting specifies a number of failed attempts that result in performance of a selective wipe and the mobile device detects a sufficient number of consecutive failed attempts to enter a valid passcode (e.g., 5 or 10)
- any of the above (or other) conditions described above in connection with step 907 may form the basis of the determination of when the mobile device performs a selective wipe.
- the mobile device may compare the monitored conditions to one or more policies and if the conditions match a condition specified in the policy that commands a selective wipe, the mobile device may determine to perform a selective wipe.
- the mobile device may perform a check to determine whether it has the most up to date policies that form a basis for performing the selective wipe. For example, in some instances, the mobile device may be performing a polling mechanism in a background thread that periodically polls for updates to the policies installed on the mobile device. In others, the mobile device may, prior to performing the selective wipe, send a message to the access gateway that indicates a selective wipe is about to be performed. In addition to indicating that the selective wipe is about to be performed, the message may include an indication of the version number of the policy that formed the basis for determining to perform the selective wipe.
- the access gateway may determine whether the mobile device has the most-up-to date policy settings (e.g., determine whether the policy should be updated or not) and, based on the determination, may respond with an acknowledgement that indicates the mobile device has the most up-to-date policy settings or respond with an update to the policy.
- the mobile device may proceed with performing the selective wipe or re-determine whether the selective wipe should be performed based on the updated policy.
- the mobile device may continue the selective wipe process by, for example, determining one or more secure containers for the selective wipe. For example, the mobile device may determine which secure containers contain the data of the one or more managed applications. This determination may be based on information specified by the policy.
- the mobile device may delete or otherwise make inaccessible the data of the one or more secure containers in accordance with the policy.
- a container may be configured to allow the client agent or mobile device to read from, write to, and/or delete information from the container's file system. Deleting data from the container can include deleting actual data stored in the container, deleting pointers to data stored in the container, deleting encryption keys used to decrypt data stored in the container, and the like.
- the container can enable some or all of the enterprise data stored in its file system to be deleted without modifying other data stored on the mobile device outside of the container.
- the mobile device may transmit a selective wipe acknowledgement to the enterprise.
- Such an acknowledgement may provide an indication to the enterprise that the selective wipe was successful.
- the acknowledgement may include a listing of applications and/or listing of secure containers that were affected/deleted by the selective wipe.
- the acknowledgement may also include a version number of the policy that included the selective wipe settings so that a computing device (e.g., the access gateway) can confirm that the most up-to-date version of the selective wipe settings were used.
- the enterprise e.g., access gateway
- the enterprise may update its stored records accordingly.
- the one or more computing devices may provide the managed application and the policy file to be available for download by one or more mobile devices. This step may proceed similar to step 711 of FIG. 7 .
- FIG. 10 illustrates an example method for configuring and providing a policy that includes one or more settings related to application management of a managed application. Additionally, FIG. 10 illustrates a method that is performed by the processing circuitry of one or more computing devices—such as an access gateway, another server under control by an IT administrator of an enterprise, or another device acting as a control point—when operating in accordance with various software constructs.
- computing devices such as an access gateway, another server under control by an IT administrator of an enterprise, or another device acting as a control point—when operating in accordance with various software constructs.
- the one or more computing device may receive initial policy settings or other data for inclusion in a policy. This step may proceed similar to step 701 of FIG. 7 .
- the one or more computing devices may create a user interface (UI) to display various portions of the initial policy settings. This step may proceed similar to step 703 of FIG. 7 .
- UI user interface
- the one or more computing device may receive input via the user interface to set, change, and/or add one or more settings related to application management of a managed application (e.g., an application management setting). Aspects of this step may proceed similar to step 705 of FIG. 7 .
- the UI administrator may provide input to set, change, or add a setting that specifies how data associated with the mobile application is to be stored by the mobile device and/or how file system APIs called by the application are to be redirected and/or how data associated with the mobile application is to be processed by the mobile device.
- the IT administrator may assign one or more secure containers to the mobile application.
- the policy may include one or more identifiers or resource names for the assigned secure container(s).
- the mobile device may have previously used a different application prior to using the managed application (e.g., a previous corporate e-mail application) and the previous application may not have enforced similar security settings that will be applied to the managed application (e.g., the previous corporate e-mail application did not encrypt the data of the inbox or the like).
- one or more application management settings may be included in the policy so that legacy data will be processed when the application is configured in order to provide the user with access to the legacy data in accordance with the different security protocols being applied to the managed application.
- An IT administrator may configure the policy so that, for example, it includes a location of the legacy data is defined within the policy and/or includes an indication that the mobile device is to transfer legacy data for the managed application when configuring the application.
- the policy may also define an amount of legacy data to move to the secure containers (e.g., a maximum amount of raw data, a number of days of e-mails, all data, etc.).
- the legacy data may be stored remotely, such as by an enterprise resource.
- the IT administrator may also provide input that specifies encryption and/or decryption keys for use when a mobile device or application wants to read, write or otherwise access a secure container on the mobile device when the managed application is running.
- a policy may link a specified encryption/decryption key to one or more secure containers by specifying one or more secure container identifiers or resource names.
- encryption or decryption keys may be assigned based on a tuple of user, device, and application or application group, and the policy may include information identifying the tuple (e.g., an identifier of the user, identifier of the mobile device, and identifier of the application or application group).
- the IT administrator may also provide input that specifies how and/or how often the encryption and decryption keys should be updated or refreshed.
- the setting may include a time to live for each key so that when the time expires, the mobile device must retrieve new keys via the access gateway.
- such settings may also specify that the new keys are retrieved via an application specific VPN, such as a MicroVPN tunnel.
- the IT administrator may also provide input that specifies which application group the managed application belongs to.
- Such an application management setting may include an identifier or resource name for a shared data vault that is accessible by other members of the application group.
- the IT administrator may also provide input that specifies one or more secure data container that read or write operations from the managed application are to be redirected to when the mobile device executed the managed application.
- one of the secure data containers may be a private secured data container that is accessible to only the managed application (e.g., the private app data vault of FIG. 6 ).
- one or more of the secure data containers may be a shared data container (e.g., shared data vault of FIG. 6 ) that, for example, is accessible to applications of the same application group.
- the one or more computing devices may determine to produce one or more published versions of the policy. This step may proceed similar to step 707 of FIG. 7 .
- the one or more computing devices may produce one or more policy files for the managed application that include the application management setting(s). This step may proceed similar to step 709 of FIG. 7 .
- the policy file produced by this step can be used by the mobile device to enforce the application management settings. Accordingly, the policy can cause the mobile device or application to perform various actions based on any application management setting included in the policy file. Generally, any of the above (or other) conditions described above in connection with step 1005 may form the basis for actions that the mobile device or application is caused to perform.
- the mobile device may also configure one or more secure containers in accordance with the policy file. Based on the policy, the mobile device may determine whether the assigned containers have been properly created and configured on the mobile device. If a container does not already exist, a new empty vault is initialized, including a file system for the container (e.g., empty directory tree). An access manager for the container may also be configured.
- a secure container can be a logical interface into which read or write operations are redirected and in which data is in an encrypted form. The access manager of a secure container may govern access to the file system by applications and other components of the mobile device.
- a software component such as the client agent of the mobile device, may also be configured based on the policy.
- an interception layer may also be configured to be aware of any of the secure containers specified by the policy.
- the interception layer it may be configured with information linking the identifiers or resource identifiers for the secure containers to one or more API calls that will be issued by the application during execution and may be configured with the locations of the keys that will be used when encrypting/decrypting data to/from the application.
- the interception layer may intercept such calls when the application is executing and redirect the calls to the appropriate secure container in accordance with the policy and, in some variations, without the application being aware of the interception.
- the mobile device may perform such configuring of the legacy data accordingly. For example, the mobile device may retrieve, from the location where the legacy data is stored, and/or an amount of data in accordance with the policy. The mobile device may then encrypt the data in accordance with the policy (e.g., using the encryption protocols specified by the policy and using the keys specified by the policies). Some data may be encrypted using different keys based on which of the one or more secure containers they will be stored into. After encrypting the legacy data, the mobile device may store the now-encrypted legacy data into the specified secure container (as determined by the policy).
- the policy specifies that legacy data for the managed application is to be configured for the application.
- the policy may specify that some data is to be stored in one container (e.g., a private container), while other data is to be stored in a different container (e.g., a shared container). Accordingly, the data may be stored into the appropriate containers in their encrypted form. Such storage may be performed by updating or creating references to the location of the encrypted data in the secure container's file system. In some instances, after successfully processing the legacy data, any legacy data that remains on the mobile device in its unencrypted form may be deleted from the mobile device (such deletion may also be specified by the policy).
- the one or more computing devices may provide the managed application and the policy file to be available for download by one or more mobile devices. This step may proceed similar to step 711 of FIG. 7 .
- FIG. 11 illustrates an example method for configuring and providing a policy that includes one or more settings related to user authentication and/or user identification in accordance with various aspects described herein. Additionally, FIG. 11 illustrates a method that is performed by the processing circuitry of one or more computing devices—such as an access gateway, another server under control by an IT administrator of an enterprise, or another device acting as a control point—when operating in accordance with various software constructs.
- computing devices such as an access gateway, another server under control by an IT administrator of an enterprise, or another device acting as a control point—when operating in accordance with various software constructs.
- the one or more computing device may receive initial policy settings or other data for inclusion in a policy. This step may proceed similar to step 701 of FIG. 7 .
- the one or more computing devices may create a user interface (UI) to display various portions of the initial policy settings. This step may proceed similar to step 703 of FIG. 7 .
- UI user interface
- the one or more computing device may receive input via the user interface to set, change, and/or add a setting related to user authentication or user identification (e.g., a user authorization setting or a user identification setting).
- a setting may provide a condition for authorizing or identifying a user in connection with providing the access to one or more resources that are accessible through an access gateway. Aspects of this step may proceed similar to step 705 of FIG. 7 .
- an IT administrator may set, change and/or add a setting that specifies (or includes) a ticket or token (these terms will be used interchangeably herein).
- a ticket or token can be used by the mobile device in order to authenticate the user in a transparent manner. That is, one or more tickets are provided to the mobile device from the enterprise in an effort to avoid burdening the user to re-authenticate.
- the mobile device may provide the ticket to the access gateway instead of reauthenticating (e.g., instead of requiring the user to input or otherwise provide his or her credentials, such as a username and/or password).
- a ticket may be one-time use and/or time-based, and impose constraints and/or privileges to the application or user when accessing an enterprise resource. For example, a ticket may be specified as valid for a two-week period, or some other shorter or longer time period as the enterprise operator wishes (e.g., provide short-lived or longer-lived access). In some arrangements, access control is structured so that the level of security diminishes over time.
- some applications which should have high security may be provided tickets that expire more quickly (e.g., after a predefined amount of time such as an hour, 15 minutes, etc.).
- Other tickets associated with applications of lower security may expire at a later time (e.g., after a later predefined amount of time such as a day, etc.).
- Other ticket-based techniques for imposing different levels of security based on time or other measure are suitable for use as well.
- a ticket may be usable to provide authentication in connection with creating a VPN tunnel to enterprise resources.
- a ticket may include data or be otherwise configured to authenticate a user, mobile device or application that is attempting to create a VPN tunnel to an enterprise resource that is accessible through an access gateway, such as a MicroVPN tunnel or other type of application-specific VPN tunnel.
- the IT administrator may also provide input via the UI that specifies how a user is to log-on to the MRM system.
- the policy may specify that the user can use single-sign on functionality for authentication with the access gateway and the conditions with which the user can continue using single sign on functionality (e.g., single sign on within particular geographic or mobile device location constraints, within particular time windows, constraints requiring an install of a particular application on the mobile device, or the like).
- the user when a user executes a managed application on the mobile device, the user is typically challenged to authenticate their corporate identity along with passwords and other factors as dictated by corporate policy.
- the policy may specify the constraints on the password and/or specify the types of identification information that is to be included when requesting to authenticate (e.g., authenticate with a password, username and mobile device identifier).
- the policy may also specify (or include) one or more certificates that can be used to respond to certificate challenges that are received by the mobile device.
- the IT administrator may also provide input via the UI to create a policy that is assigned to the user's role within the enterprise or specific to the application's assigned application group.
- a single managed application may be associated with multiple policies, with each policy being assigned to a different user role (e.g., one policy for a sales employee; a different policy for a designer, etc.) or application group (e.g., a managed application may be assigned to multiple application groups where each provides various constraints or benefits to member applications, such as shared access to data stored in data containers, or the like, and each of the multiple application groups corresponds to a different user role).
- a policy may also be assigned to a group of applications.
- the group of applications could be, for example, a grouping of applications that apply to a particular industry (e.g., the policy is assigned to a group of applications that are related to the healthcare industry), apply to a particular organization (e.g., the policy is assigned to a group of applications that were created by the same application developer, or are provided by the same enterprise), and the like.
- the UI may be configured to allow the IT administrator to provide input to create such assignments.
- the one or more computing devices may determine to produce one or more published versions of the policy. This step may proceed similar to step 707 of FIG. 7 .
- the one or more computing devices may produce one or more policy files for the managed application that include the user authentication or user identification setting(s). This step may proceed similar to step 709 of FIG. 7 .
- the policy file produced by this step can be used by the mobile device to enforce the user authentication or user identification settings. Accordingly, the policy can cause the mobile device or application to perform various actions based on any user authentication or user identification setting included in the policy file. Generally, any of the above (or other) conditions described above in connection with step 1105 may form the basis for actions that the mobile device or application is caused to perform.
- a ticket specified by the policy may be first loaded into the mobile device when the policy is downloaded to the mobile device.
- the mobile device may transmit a message including the ticket when attempting to create an application-specific VPN tunnel. If such token/ticket has expired, then the user may be asked to proceed through a full authentication process again before allowing VPN access. If the ticket is not expired, the information included in the ticket may be used by a computing device (e.g., access gateway) to determine that the ticket is valid and the user is allowed to access resources that are accessible via the access gateway.
- a VPN tunnel between the access gateway and mobile device may be constructed/initialized that enables the mobile device with access to at least one resource.
- the VPN tunnel may be an application specific VPN, such as a MicroVPN.
- Use of the user authorization or user identification settings may, in some embodiments, cause the mobile device to be able perform various actions without the application and/or the user being aware of the authorization or that the user identification was provided to the enterprise.
- the creation of the application specific VPN tunnel may be done without user interaction and without the user's knowledge that the application specific VPN tunnel has been created/established.
- certificates specified by the policy may be provided without the application or user being aware that such information was provided.
- user log-ins, passwords, or other identifying information may be provided to the enterprise without the user or application being aware that such information was provided.
- the one or more computing devices may provide the managed application and the policy file to be available for download by one or more mobile devices. This step may proceed similar to step 711 of FIG. 7 .
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
- Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Software Systems (AREA)
- Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Computing Systems (AREA)
- Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Bioethics (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
- Entrepreneurship & Innovation (AREA)
- Human Resources & Organizations (AREA)
- Strategic Management (AREA)
- Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
- Automation & Control Theory (AREA)
- Economics (AREA)
- Marketing (AREA)
- Operations Research (AREA)
- Quality & Reliability (AREA)
- Tourism & Hospitality (AREA)
- General Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
- Data Mining & Analysis (AREA)
- Information Transfer Between Computers (AREA)
- Computer And Data Communications (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- This application is a continuation of and claims priority to: U.S. Non-Provisional patent application Ser. No. 14/039,651, filed Sep. 27, 2013, and entitled “CONFIGURING AND PROVIDING PROFILES THAT MANAGE EXECUTION OF MOBILE APPLICATIONS,” which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/863,194, filed Aug. 7, 2013, and entitled “CONFIGURING AND PROVIDING PROFILES THAT MANAGE EXECUTION OF MOBILE APPLICATIONS;” U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/713,715, filed Oct. 16, 2012, and entitled “MANAGING DYNAMIC PROFILES AND SETTINGS FOR MOBILE APPLICATIONS;” and U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/806,577, filed Mar. 29, 2013, and entitled “SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ENTERPRISE MOBILITY MANAGEMENT.”
- Each of the above-mentioned patent applications is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
- Aspects of the disclosure relate to computer hardware and software. In particular, one or more aspects of the disclosure generally relate to computer hardware and software for providing an enterprise application store.
- Increasingly, corporations and other organizations are providing and/or otherwise enabling their employees and other associates with mobile devices, such as smart phones, tablet computers, and other mobile computing devices. As these devices continue to grow in popularity and provide an increasing number of functions, many organizations may wish to place certain controls on how these devices can be used, what resources these devices can access, and how the applications running on these devices can interact with other resources.
- Aspects of the disclosure provide more efficient, effective, functional, and convenient ways of controlling how mobile devices can be used, what resources mobile devices can access, and how the applications running on these devices can interact with other resources. In particular, in one or more embodiments discussed in greater detail below, an enterprise application store may be implemented that can provide these and features.
- Various aspects of the disclosure relate to configuring and providing one or more policies that can be used by a mobile to manage or constrain the execution of a mobile application (also referred herein as a managed application). In particular, some embodiments of this disclosure relate to systems, one or more apparatuses and one or more computing devices that are configured to perform various methods for configuring and providing the policies. For example, one or more computing devices may display a user interface that displays one or more policy settings for a managed application that is to be made available for download to a mobile device. Each of the one or more policy settings may provide a constraint to be enforced by the mobile device prior to the managed application being provided access to at least one resource that is accessible through an access gateway. The one or more computing devices may also receive input via the user interface that modifies the one or more policy settings, which can result in one or more modified policy settings. The one or more computing devices may further produce a policy file for the managed application that includes the one or more modified policy settings and provide the policy file such that the policy is available for download to the mobile device. The various settings that can be included in a policy are numerous and some examples and variations thereof are described in connection with the example embodiments discussed herein.
- These features, along with many others, are discussed in greater detail below.
- The present disclosure is illustrated by way of example and not limited in the accompanying figures in which like reference numerals indicate similar elements and in which:
-
FIG. 1 depicts an illustrative computer system architecture that may be used in accordance with one or more aspects of the disclosure. -
FIG. 2 depicts an illustrative remote-access system architecture that may be used in accordance with various aspects of the disclosure. -
FIG. 3 depicts an illustrative virtualized (hypervisor) system architecture that may be used in accordance one or more aspects of the disclosure. -
FIG. 4 depicts an illustrative cloud-based system architecture that may be used in accordance various aspects of the disclosure. -
FIG. 5 depicts an illustrative enterprise mobility management system that may be used in accordance with one or more aspects of the disclosure. -
FIG. 6 depicts another illustrative enterprise mobility management system that may be used in accordance with various aspects of the disclosure. -
FIG. 7 illustrates an example method for configuring a policy for a managed application in accordance with one or more aspects of the disclosure. -
FIG. 8 illustrates an example environment in which various policies may be configured in accordance with one or more aspects described herein. -
FIG. 9 illustrates an example method for configuring and providing a policy that includes a setting to delete data in accordance with various aspects of the disclosure. -
FIG. 10 illustrates an example method for configuring and providing a policy that includes one or more settings for managing execution of a managed application in accordance with one or more aspects of the disclosure. -
FIG. 11 illustrates an example method for configuring and providing a policy that includes one or more settings related to user authentication and/or user identification in accordance with various aspects described herein. -
FIGS. 12A-12J illustrate example user interfaces that can be used to configure one or more policies in accordance with various aspects described herein. - In the following description of the various embodiments, reference is made to the accompanying drawings identified above and which form a part hereof, and in which is shown by way of illustration various embodiments in which aspects described herein may be practiced. It is to be understood that other embodiments may be utilized and structural and functional modifications may be made without departing from the scope described herein. Various aspects are capable of other embodiments and of being practiced or being carried out in various different ways.
- As a general introduction to the subject matter described in more detail below, various aspects of the disclosure relate to configuring and providing policies that manage execution of mobile applications. In some embodiments, a user interface may be generated that allows an IT administrator or other operator to set, change and/or add to policy settings. The policy settings can be formatted into a policy file, such as an Extensible Markup Language file (XML file), and be made available for download to a mobile device. The mobile device, based on the various settings included in the policy file, may perform various actions to enforce the security constraints that are represented by the policy. The various settings that can be included in a policy are numerous and some examples and variations thereof are described in connection with the example embodiments discussed herein.
- It is to be understood that the phraseology and terminology used herein are for the purpose of description and should not be regarded as limiting. Rather, the phrases and terms used herein are to be given their broadest interpretation and meaning. The use of “including” and “comprising” and variations thereof is meant to encompass the items listed thereafter and equivalents thereof as well as additional items and equivalents thereof. The use of the terms “mounted,” “connected,” “coupled,” “positioned,” “engaged” and similar terms, is meant to include both direct and indirect mounting, connecting, coupling, positioning and engaging.
- Computing Architecture
- Computer software, hardware, and networks may be utilized in a variety of different system environments, including standalone, networked, remote-access (aka, remote desktop), virtualized, and/or cloud-based environments, among others.
FIG. 1 illustrates one example of a system architecture and data processing device that may be used to implement one or more illustrative aspects described herein in a standalone and/or networked environment.Various network nodes Devices - The term “network” as used herein and depicted in the drawings refers not only to systems in which remote storage devices are coupled together via one or more communication paths, but also to stand-alone devices that may be coupled, from time to time, to such systems that have storage capability. Consequently, the term “network” includes not only a “physical network” but also a “content network,” which is comprised of the data—attributable to a single entity—which resides across all physical networks.
- The components may include
data server 103,web server 105, andclient computers Data server 103 provides overall access, control and administration of databases and control software for performing one or more illustrative aspects describe herein.Data server 103 may be connected toweb server 105 through which users interact with and obtain data as requested. Alternatively,data server 103 may act as a web server itself and be directly connected to the Internet.Data server 103 may be connected toweb server 105 through the network 101 (e.g., the Internet), via direct or indirect connection, or via some other network. Users may interact with thedata server 103 usingremote computers data server 103 via one or more externally exposed web sites hosted byweb server 105.Client computers data server 103 to access data stored therein, or may be used for other purposes. For example, from client device 107 a user may accessweb server 105 using an Internet browser, as is known in the art, or by executing a software application that communicates withweb server 105 and/ordata server 103 over a computer network (such as the Internet). - Servers and applications may be combined on the same physical machines, and retain separate virtual or logical addresses, or may reside on separate physical machines.
FIG. 1 illustrates just one example of a network architecture that may be used, and those of skill in the art will appreciate that the specific network architecture and data processing devices used may vary, and are secondary to the functionality that they provide, as further described herein. For example, services provided byweb server 105 anddata server 103 may be combined on a single server. - Each
component Data server 103, e.g., may include aprocessor 111 controlling overall operation of therate server 103.Data server 103 may further includeRAM 113,ROM 115,network interface 117, input/output interfaces 119 (e.g., keyboard, mouse, display, printer, etc.), andmemory 121. I/O 119 may include a variety of interface units and drives for reading, writing, displaying, and/or printing data or files.Memory 121 may further storeoperating system software 123 for controlling overall operation of thedata processing device 103,control logic 125 for instructingdata server 103 to perform aspects described herein, andother application software 127 providing secondary, support, and/or other functionality which may or might not be used in conjunction with aspects described herein. The control logic may also be referred to herein as thedata server software 125. Functionality of the data server software may refer to operations or decisions made automatically based on rules coded into the control logic, made manually by a user providing input into the system, and/or a combination of automatic processing based on user input (e.g., queries, data updates, etc.). -
Memory 121 may also store data used in performance of one or more aspects described herein, including afirst database 129 and asecond database 131. In some embodiments, the first database may include the second database (e.g., as a separate table, report, etc.). That is, the information can be stored in a single database, or separated into different logical, virtual, or physical databases, depending on system design.Devices device 103. Those of skill in the art will appreciate that the functionality of data processing device 103 (ordevice - One or more aspects may be embodied in computer-usable or readable data and/or computer-executable instructions, such as in one or more program modules, executed by one or more computers or other devices as described herein. Generally, program modules include routines, programs, objects, components, data structures, etc. that perform particular tasks or implement particular abstract data types when executed by a processor in a computer or other device. The modules may be written in a source code programming language that is subsequently compiled for execution, or may be written in a scripting language such as (but not limited to) HTML or XML. The computer executable instructions may be stored on a computer readable medium such as a nonvolatile storage device. Any suitable computer readable storage media may be utilized, including hard disks, CD-ROMs, optical storage devices, magnetic storage devices, and/or any combination thereof. In addition, various transmission (non-storage) media representing data or events as described herein may be transferred between a source and a destination in the form of electromagnetic waves traveling through signal-conducting media such as metal wires, optical fibers, and/or wireless transmission media (e.g., air and/or space). Various aspects described herein may be embodied as a method, a data processing system, or a computer program product. Therefore, various functionalities may be embodied in whole or in part in software, firmware and/or hardware or hardware equivalents such as integrated circuits, field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), and the like. Particular data structures may be used to more effectively implement one or more aspects described herein, and such data structures are contemplated within the scope of computer executable instructions and computer-usable data described herein.
- With further reference to
FIG. 2 , one or more aspects described herein may be implemented in a remote-access environment.FIG. 2 depicts an example system architecture including ageneric computing device 201 in anillustrative computing environment 200 that may be used according to one or more illustrative aspects described herein.Generic computing device 201 may be used as a server 206 a in a single-server or multi-server desktop virtualization system (e.g., a remote access or cloud system) configured to provide virtual machines for client access devices. Thegeneric computing device 201 may have aprocessor 203 for controlling overall operation of the server and its associated components, including random access memory (RAM) 205, read-only memory (ROM) 207, input/output (I/O)module 209, andmemory 215. - I/
O module 209 may include a mouse, keypad, touch screen, scanner, optical reader, and/or stylus (or other input device(s)) through which a user ofgeneric computing device 201 may provide input, and may also include one or more of a speaker for providing audio output and a video display device for providing textual, audiovisual, and/or graphical output. Software may be stored withinmemory 215 and/or other storage to provide instructions toprocessor 203 for configuringgeneric computing device 201 into a special purpose computing device in order to perform various functions as described herein. For example,memory 215 may store software used by thecomputing device 201, such as anoperating system 217,application programs 219, and an associateddatabase 221. -
Computing device 201 may operate in a networked environment supporting connections to one or more remote computers, such as terminals 240 (also referred to as client devices). Theterminals 240 may be personal computers, mobile devices, laptop computers, tablets, or servers that include many or all of the elements described above with respect to thegeneric computing device FIG. 2 include a local area network (LAN) 225 and a wide area network (WAN) 229, but may also include other networks. When used in a LAN networking environment,computing device 201 may be connected to theLAN 225 through a network interface oradapter 223. When used in a WAN networking environment,computing device 201 may include amodem 227 or other wide area network interface for establishing communications over theWAN 229, such as computer network 230 (e.g., the Internet). It will be appreciated that the network connections shown are illustrative and other means of establishing a communications link between the computers may be used.Computing device 201 and/orterminals 240 may also be mobile terminals (e.g., mobile phones, smartphones, PDAs, notebooks, etc.) including various other components, such as a battery, speaker, and antennas (not shown). - Aspects described herein may also be operational with numerous other general purpose or special purpose computing system environments or configurations. Examples of other computing systems, environments, and/or configurations that may be suitable for use with aspects described herein include, but are not limited to, personal computers, server computers, hand-held or laptop devices, multiprocessor systems, microprocessor-based systems, set top boxes, programmable consumer electronics, network PCs, minicomputers, mainframe computers, distributed computing environments that include any of the above systems or devices, and the like.
- As shown in
FIG. 2 , one ormore client devices 240 may be in communication with one ormore servers 206 a-206 n (generally referred to herein as “server(s) 206”). In one embodiment, thecomputing environment 200 may include a network appliance installed between the server(s) 206 and client machine(s) 240. The network appliance may manage client/server connections, and in some cases can load balance client connections amongst a plurality ofbackend servers 206. - The client machine(s) 240 may in some embodiments be referred to as a
single client machine 240 or a single group ofclient machines 240, while server(s) 206 may be referred to as asingle server 206 or a single group ofservers 206. In one embodiment asingle client machine 240 communicates with more than oneserver 206, while in another embodiment asingle server 206 communicates with more than oneclient machine 240. In yet another embodiment, asingle client machine 240 communicates with asingle server 206. - A
client machine 240 can, in some embodiments, be referenced by any one of the following non-exhaustive terms: client machine(s); client(s); client computer(s); client device(s); client computing device(s); local machine; remote machine; client node(s); endpoint(s); or endpoint node(s). Theserver 206, in some embodiments, may be referenced by any one of the following non-exhaustive terms: server(s), local machine; remote machine; server farm(s), or host computing device(s). - In one embodiment, the
client machine 240 may be a virtual machine. The virtual machine may be any virtual machine, while in some embodiments the virtual machine may be any virtual machine managed by a Type 1 or Type 2 hypervisor, for example, a hypervisor developed by Citrix Systems, IBM, VMware, or any other hypervisor. In some aspects, the virtual machine may be managed by a hypervisor, while in aspects the virtual machine may be managed by a hypervisor executing on aserver 206 or a hypervisor executing on aclient 240. - Some embodiments include a
client device 240 that displays application output generated by an application remotely executing on aserver 206 or other remotely located machine. In these embodiments, theclient device 240 may execute a virtual machine receiver program or application to display the output in an application window, a browser, or other output window. In one example, the application is a desktop, while in other examples the application is an application that generates or presents a desktop. A desktop may include a graphical shell providing a user interface for an instance of an operating system in which local and/or remote applications can be integrated. Applications, as used herein, are programs that execute after an instance of an operating system (and, optionally, also the desktop) has been loaded. - The
server 206, in some embodiments, uses a remote presentation protocol or other program to send data to a thin-client or remote-display application executing on the client to present display output generated by an application executing on theserver 206. The thin-client or remote-display protocol can be any one of the following non-exhaustive list of protocols: the Independent Computing Architecture (ICA) protocol developed by Citrix Systems, Inc. of Ft. Lauderdale, Fla.; or the Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) manufactured by the Microsoft Corporation of Redmond, Wash. - A remote computing environment may include more than one
server 206 a-206 n such that theservers 206 a-206 n are logically grouped together into aserver farm 206, for example, in a cloud computing environment. Theserver farm 206 may includeservers 206 that are geographically dispersed while and logically grouped together, orservers 206 that are located proximate to each other while logically grouped together. Geographically dispersedservers 206 a-206 n within aserver farm 206 can, in some embodiments, communicate using a WAN (wide), MAN (metropolitan), or LAN (local), where different geographic regions can be characterized as: different continents; different regions of a continent; different countries; different states; different cities; different campuses; different rooms; or any combination of the preceding geographical locations. In some embodiments theserver farm 206 may be administered as a single entity, while in other embodiments theserver farm 206 can include multiple server farms. - In some embodiments, a server farm may include
servers 206 that execute a substantially similar type of operating system platform (e.g., WINDOWS, UNIX, LINUX, iOS, ANDROID, SYMBIAN, etc.) In other embodiments,server farm 206 may include a first group of one or more servers that execute a first type of operating system platform, and a second group of one or more servers that execute a second type of operating system platform. -
Server 206 may be configured as any type of server, as needed, e.g., a file server, an application server, a web server, a proxy server, an appliance, a network appliance, a gateway, an application gateway, a gateway server, a virtualization server, a deployment server, a SSL VPN server, a firewall, a web server, an application server or as a master application server, a server executing an active directory, or a server executing an application acceleration program that provides firewall functionality, application functionality, or load balancing functionality. Other server types may also be used. - Some embodiments include a first server 106 a that receives requests from a
client machine 240, forwards the request to a second server 106 b, and responds to the request generated by theclient machine 240 with a response from the second server 106 b. First server 106 a may acquire an enumeration of applications available to theclient machine 240 and well as address information associated with anapplication server 206 hosting an application identified within the enumeration of applications. First server 106 a can then present a response to the client's request using a web interface, and communicate directly with theclient 240 to provide theclient 240 with access to an identified application. One ormore clients 240 and/or one ormore servers 206 may transmit data overnetwork 230, e.g.,network 101. -
FIG. 2 shows a high-level architecture of an illustrative desktop virtualization system. As shown, the desktop virtualization system may be single-server or multi-server system, or cloud system, including at least onevirtualization server 206 configured to provide virtual desktops and/or virtual applications to one or moreclient access devices 240. As used herein, a desktop refers to a graphical environment or space in which one or more applications may be hosted and/or executed. A desktop may include a graphical shell providing a user interface for an instance of an operating system in which local and/or remote applications can be integrated. Applications may include programs that execute after an instance of an operating system (and, optionally, also the desktop) has been loaded. Each instance of the operating system may be physical (e.g., one operating system per device) or virtual (e.g., many instances of an OS running on a single device). Each application may be executed on a local device, or executed on a remotely located device (e.g., remoted). - With further reference to
FIG. 3 , acomputer device 301 may be configured as a virtualization server in a virtualization environment, for example, a single-server, multi-server, or cloud computing environment.Virtualization server 301 illustrated inFIG. 3 can be deployed as and/or implemented by one or more embodiments of theserver 206 illustrated inFIG. 2 or by other known computing devices. Included invirtualization server 301 is a hardware layer that can include one or morephysical disks 304, one or morephysical devices 306, one or morephysical processors 308 and one or morephysical memories 316. In some embodiments,firmware 312 can be stored within a memory element in thephysical memory 316 and can be executed by one or more of thephysical processors 308.Virtualization server 301 may further include anoperating system 314 that may be stored in a memory element in thephysical memory 316 and executed by one or more of thephysical processors 308. Still further, ahypervisor 302 may be stored in a memory element in thephysical memory 316 and can be executed by one or more of thephysical processors 308. - Executing on one or more of the
physical processors 308 may be one or morevirtual machines 332A-C (generally 332). Each virtual machine 332 may have avirtual disk 326A-C and avirtual processor 328A-C. In some embodiments, a firstvirtual machine 332A may execute, using avirtual processor 328A, acontrol program 320 that includes atools stack 324.Control program 320 may be referred to as a control virtual machine, Dom0,Domain 0, or other virtual machine used for system administration and/or control. In some embodiments, one or morevirtual machines 332B-C can execute, using avirtual processor 328B-C, aguest operating system 330A-B. -
Virtualization server 301 may include ahardware layer 310 with one or more pieces of hardware that communicate with thevirtualization server 301. In some embodiments, thehardware layer 310 can include one or morephysical disks 304, one or morephysical devices 306, one or morephysical processors 308, and one or more memory 216.Physical components Physical devices 306 may include, for example, a network interface card, a video card, a keyboard, a mouse, an input device, a monitor, a display device, speakers, an optical drive, a storage device, a universal serial bus connection, a printer, a scanner, a network element (e.g., router, firewall, network address translator, load balancer, virtual private network (VPN) gateway, Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) router, etc.), or any device connected to or communicating withvirtualization server 301.Physical memory 316 in thehardware layer 310 may include any type of memory.Physical memory 316 may store data, and in some embodiments may store one or more programs, or set of executable instructions.FIG. 3 illustrates an embodiment wherefirmware 312 is stored within thephysical memory 316 ofvirtualization server 301. Programs or executable instructions stored in thephysical memory 316 can be executed by the one ormore processors 308 ofvirtualization server 301. -
Virtualization server 301 may also include ahypervisor 302. In some embodiments,hypervisor 302 may be a program executed byprocessors 308 onvirtualization server 301 to create and manage any number of virtual machines 332.Hypervisor 302 may be referred to as a virtual machine monitor, or platform virtualization software. In some embodiments,hypervisor 302 can be any combination of executable instructions and hardware that monitors virtual machines executing on a computing machine.Hypervisor 302 may be Type 2 hypervisor, where the hypervisor that executes within anoperating system 314 executing on thevirtualization server 301. Virtual machines then execute at a level above the hypervisor. In some embodiments, the Type 2 hypervisor executes within the context of a user's operating system such that the Type 2 hypervisor interacts with the user's operating system. In other embodiments, one ormore virtualization servers 201 in a virtualization environment may instead include a Type 1 hypervisor (not shown). A Type 1 hypervisor may execute on thevirtualization server 301 by directly accessing the hardware and resources within thehardware layer 310. That is, while a Type 2hypervisor 302 accesses system resources through ahost operating system 314, as shown, a Type 1 hypervisor may directly access all system resources without thehost operating system 314. A Type 1 hypervisor may execute directly on one or morephysical processors 308 ofvirtualization server 301, and may include program data stored in thephysical memory 316. -
Hypervisor 302, in some embodiments, can provide virtual resources to operating systems 330 orcontrol programs 320 executing on virtual machines 332 in any manner that simulates the operating systems 330 orcontrol programs 320 having direct access to system resources. System resources can include, but are not limited to,physical devices 306,physical disks 304,physical processors 308,physical memory 316 and any other component included invirtualization server 301hardware layer 310.Hypervisor 302 may be used to emulate virtual hardware, partition physical hardware, virtualize physical hardware, and/or execute virtual machines that provide access to computing environments. In still other embodiments,hypervisor 302 controls processor scheduling and memory partitioning for a virtual machine 332 executing onvirtualization server 301.Hypervisor 302 may include those manufactured by VMWare, Inc., of Palo Alto, Calif.; the XEN hypervisor, an open source product whose development is overseen by the open source Xen.org community; HyperV, VirtualServer or virtual PC hypervisors provided by Microsoft, or others. In some embodiments,virtualization server 301 executes ahypervisor 302 that creates a virtual machine platform on which guest operating systems may execute. In these embodiments, thevirtualization server 301 may be referred to as a host server. An example of such a virtualization server is the XEN SERVER provided by Citrix Systems, Inc., of Fort Lauderdale, Fla. -
Hypervisor 302 may create one or morevirtual machines 332B-C (generally 332) in which guest operating systems 330 execute. In some embodiments,hypervisor 302 may load a virtual machine image to create a virtual machine 332. In other embodiments, thehypervisor 302 may executes a guest operating system 330 within virtual machine 332. In still other embodiments, virtual machine 332 may execute guest operating system 330. - In addition to creating virtual machines 332,
hypervisor 302 may control the execution of at least one virtual machine 332. In other embodiments,hypervisor 302 may presents at least one virtual machine 332 with an abstraction of at least one hardware resource provided by the virtualization server 301 (e.g., any hardware resource available within the hardware layer 310). In other embodiments,hypervisor 302 may control the manner in which virtual machines 332 accessphysical processors 308 available invirtualization server 301. Controlling access tophysical processors 308 may include determining whether a virtual machine 332 should have access to aprocessor 308, and how physical processor capabilities are presented to the virtual machine 332. - As shown in
FIG. 3 ,virtualization server 301 may host or execute one or more virtual machines 332. A virtual machine 332 is a set of executable instructions that, when executed by aprocessor 308, imitate the operation of a physical computer such that the virtual machine 332 can execute programs and processes much like a physical computing device. WhileFIG. 3 illustrates an embodiment where avirtualization server 301 hosts three virtual machines 332, in otherembodiments virtualization server 301 can host any number of virtual machines 332.Hypervisor 302, in some embodiments, provides each virtual machine 332 with a unique virtual view of the physical hardware, memory, processor and other system resources available to that virtual machine 332. In some embodiments, the unique virtual view can be based on one or more of virtual machine permissions, application of a policy engine to one or more virtual machine identifiers, a user accessing a virtual machine, the applications executing on a virtual machine, networks accessed by a virtual machine, or any other desired criteria. For instance,hypervisor 302 may create one or more unsecure virtual machines 332 and one or more secure virtual machines 332. Unsecure virtual machines 332 may be prevented from accessing resources, hardware, memory locations, and programs that secure virtual machines 332 may be permitted to access. In other embodiments,hypervisor 302 may provide each virtual machine 332 with a substantially similar virtual view of the physical hardware, memory, processor and other system resources available to the virtual machines 332. - Each virtual machine 332 may include a
virtual disk 326A-C (generally 326) and avirtual processor 328A-C (generally 328.) The virtual disk 326, in some embodiments, is a virtualized view of one or morephysical disks 304 of thevirtualization server 301, or a portion of one or morephysical disks 304 of thevirtualization server 301. The virtualized view of thephysical disks 304 can be generated, provided and managed by thehypervisor 302. In some embodiments,hypervisor 302 provides each virtual machine 332 with a unique view of thephysical disks 304. Thus, in these embodiments, the particular virtual disk 326 included in each virtual machine 332 can be unique when compared with the other virtual disks 326. - A virtual processor 328 can be a virtualized view of one or more
physical processors 308 of thevirtualization server 301. In some embodiments, the virtualized view of thephysical processors 308 can be generated, provided and managed byhypervisor 302. In some embodiments, virtual processor 328 has substantially all of the same characteristics of at least onephysical processor 308. In other embodiments,virtual processor 308 provides a modified view ofphysical processors 308 such that at least some of the characteristics of the virtual processor 328 are different than the characteristics of the correspondingphysical processor 308. - With further reference to
FIG. 4 , some aspects described herein may be implemented in a cloud-based environment.FIG. 4 illustrates an example of a cloud computing environment (or cloud system) 400. As seen inFIG. 4 , client computers 411-414 may communicate with acloud management server 410 to access the computing resources (e.g., host servers 403, storage resources 404, and network resources 405) of the cloud system. -
Management server 410 may be implemented on one or more physical servers. Themanagement server 410 may run, for example, CLOUDSTACK by Citrix Systems, Inc. of Ft. Lauderdale, Fla., or OPENSTACK, among others.Management server 410 may manage various computing resources, including cloud hardware and software resources, for example, host computers 403, data storage devices 404, and networking devices 405. The cloud hardware and software resources may include private and/or public components. For example, a cloud may be configured as a private cloud to be used by one or more particular customers or client computers 411-414 and/or over a private network. In other embodiments, public clouds or hybrid public-private clouds may be used by other customers over an open or hybrid networks. -
Management server 410 may be configured to provide user interfaces through which cloud operators and cloud customers may interact with the cloud system. For example, themanagement server 410 may provide a set of APIs and/or one or more cloud operator console applications (e.g., web-based on standalone applications) with user interfaces to allow cloud operators to manage the cloud resources, configure the virtualization layer, manage customer accounts, and perform other cloud administration tasks. Themanagement server 410 also may include a set of APIs and/or one or more customer console applications with user interfaces configured to receive cloud computing requests from end users via client computers 411-414, for example, requests to create, modify, or destroy virtual machines within the cloud. Client computers 411-414 may connect tomanagement server 410 via the Internet or other communication network, and may request access to one or more of the computing resources managed bymanagement server 410. In response to client requests, themanagement server 410 may include a resource manager configured to select and provision physical resources in the hardware layer of the cloud system based on the client requests. For example, themanagement server 410 and additional components of the cloud system may be configured to provision, create, and manage virtual machines and their operating environments (e.g., hypervisors, storage resources, services offered by the network elements, etc.) for customers at client computers 411-414, over a network (e.g., the Internet), providing customers with computational resources, data storage services, networking capabilities, and computer platform and application support. Cloud systems also may be configured to provide various specific services, including security systems, development environments, user interfaces, and the like. - Certain clients 411-414 may be related, for example, different client computers creating virtual machines on behalf of the same end user, or different users affiliated with the same company or organization. In other examples, certain clients 411-414 may be unrelated, such as users affiliated with different companies or organizations. For unrelated clients, information on the virtual machines or storage of any one user may be hidden from other users.
- Referring now to the physical hardware layer of a cloud computing environment, availability zones 401-402 (or zones) may refer to a collocated set of physical computing resources. Zones may be geographically separated from other zones in the overall cloud of computing resources. For example,
zone 401 may be a first cloud datacenter located in California, andzone 402 may be a second cloud datacenter located in Florida. Management sever 410 may be located at one of the availability zones, or at a separate location. Each zone may include an internal network that interfaces with devices that are outside of the zone, such as themanagement server 410, through a gateway. End users of the cloud (e.g., clients 411-414) might or might not be aware of the distinctions between zones. For example, an end user may request the creation of a virtual machine having a specified amount of memory, processing power, and network capabilities. Themanagement server 410 may respond to the user's request and may allocate the resources to create the virtual machine without the user knowing whether the virtual machine was created using resources fromzone 401 orzone 402. In other examples, the cloud system may allow end users to request that virtual machines (or other cloud resources) are allocated in a specific zone or on specific resources 403-405 within a zone. - In this example, each zone 401-402 may include an arrangement of various physical hardware components (or computing resources) 403-405, for example, physical hosting resources (or processing resources), physical network resources, physical storage resources, switches, and additional hardware resources that may be used to provide cloud computing services to customers. The physical hosting resources in a cloud zone 401-402 may include one or more computer servers 403, such as the
virtualization servers 301 described above, which may be configured to create and host virtual machine instances. The physical network resources in acloud zone - The example cloud computing environment shown in
FIG. 4 also may include a virtualization layer (e.g., as shown inFIGS. 1-3 ) with additional hardware and/or software resources configured to create and manage virtual machines and provide other services to customers using the physical resources in the cloud. The virtualization layer may include hypervisors, as described above inFIG. 3 , along with other components to provide network virtualizations, storage virtualizations, etc. The virtualization layer may be as a separate layer from the physical resource layer, or may share some or all of the same hardware and/or software resources with the physical resource layer. For example, the virtualization layer may include a hypervisor installed in each of the virtualization servers 403 with the physical computing resources. Known cloud systems may alternatively be used, e.g., WINDOWS AZURE (Microsoft Corporation of Redmond Wash.), AMAZON EC2 (Amazon.com Inc. of Seattle, Wash.), IBM BLUE CLOUD (IBM Corporation of Armonk, N.Y.), or others. - Enterprise Mobility Management Architecture
-
FIG. 5 represents an enterprise mobilitytechnical architecture 500 for use in a BYOD environment. The architecture enables a user of amobile device 502 to both access enterprise or personal resources from amobile device 502 and use themobile device 502 for personal use. The user may accesssuch enterprise resources 504 orenterprise services 508 using amobile device 502 that is purchased by the user or amobile device 502 that is provided by the enterprise to user. The user may utilize themobile device 502 for business use only or for business and personal use. The mobile device may run an iOS operating system, and Android operating system, or the like. The enterprise may choose to implement policies to manage themobile device 504. The policies may be implanted through a firewall or gateway in such a way that the mobile device may be identified, secured or security verified, and provided selective or full access to the enterprise resources. The policies may be mobile device management policies, mobile application management policies, mobile data management policies, or some combination of mobile device, application, and data management policies. Amobile device 504 that is managed through the application of mobile device management policies may be referred to as an enrolled device. - In some embodiments, the operating system of the mobile device may be separated into a managed
partition 510 and an unmanaged partition 512. The managedpartition 510 may have policies applied to it to secure the applications running on and data stored in the managed partition. The applications running on the managed partition may be secure applications. In other embodiments, all applications may execute in accordance with a set of one or more policy files received separate from the application, and which define one or more security parameters, features, resource restrictions, and/or other access controls that are enforced by the mobile device management system when that application is executing on the device. By operating in accordance with their respective policy file(s), each application may be allowed or restricted from communications with one or more other applications and/or resources, thereby creating a virtual partition. Thus, as used herein, a partition may refer to a physically partitioned portion of memory (physical partition), a logically partitioned portion of memory (logical partition), and/or a virtual partition created as a result of enforcement of one or more policies and/or policy files across multiple apps as described herein (virtual partition). Stated differently, by enforcing policies on managed apps, those apps may be restricted to only be able to communicate with other managed apps and trusted enterprise resources, thereby creating a virtual partition that is impenetrable by unmanaged apps and devices. - The secure applications may be email applications, web browsing applications, software-as-a-service (SaaS) access applications, Windows Application access applications, and the like. The secure applications may be secure
native applications 514, secureremote applications 522 executed by asecure application launcher 518,virtualization applications 526 executed by asecure application launcher 518, and the like. The securenative applications 514 may be wrapped by asecure application wrapper 520. Thesecure application wrapper 520 may include integrated policies that are executed on themobile device 502 when the secure native application is executed on the device. Thesecure application wrapper 520 may include meta-data that points the securenative application 514 running on themobile device 502 to the resources hosted at the enterprise that the securenative application 514 may require to complete the task requested upon execution of the securenative application 514. The secureremote applications 522 executed by asecure application launcher 518 may be executed within the secureapplication launcher application 518. Thevirtualization applications 526 executed by asecure application launcher 518 may utilize resources on themobile device 502, at theenterprise resources 504, and the like. The resources used on themobile device 502 by thevirtualization applications 526 executed by asecure application launcher 518 may include user interaction resources, processing resources, and the like. The user interaction resources may be used to collect and transmit keyboard input, mouse input, camera input, tactile input, audio input, visual input, gesture input, and the like. The processing resources may be used to present a user interface, process data received from theenterprise resources 504, and the like. The resources used at theenterprise resources 504 by thevirtualization applications 526 executed by asecure application launcher 518 may include user interface generation resources, processing resources, and the like. The user interface generation resources may be used to assemble a user interface, modify a user interface, refresh a user interface, and the like. The processing resources may be used to create information, read information, update information, delete information, and the like. For example, the virtualization application may record user interactions associated with a GUI and communicate them to a server application where the server application will use the user interaction data as an input to the application operating on the server. In this arrangement, an enterprise may elect to maintain the application on the server side as well as data, files, etc. associated with the application. While an enterprise may elect to “mobilize” some applications in accordance with the principles herein by securing them for deployment on the mobile device, this arrangement may also be elected for certain applications. For example, while some applications may be secured for use on the mobile device, others might not be prepared or appropriate for deployment on the mobile device so the enterprise may elect to provide the mobile user access to the unprepared applications through virtualization techniques. As another example, the enterprise may have large complex applications with large and complex data sets (e.g., material resource planning applications) where it would be very difficult, or otherwise undesirable, to customize the application for the mobile device so the enterprise may elect to provide access to the application through virtualization techniques. As yet another example, the enterprise may have an application that maintains highly secured data (e.g., human resources data, customer data, engineering data) that may be deemed by the enterprise as too sensitive for even the secured mobile environment so the enterprise may elect to use virtualization techniques to permit mobile access to such applications and data. An enterprise may elect to provide both fully secured and fully functional applications on the mobile device as well as a virtualization application to allow access to applications that are deemed more properly operated on the server side. In an embodiment, the virtualization application may store some data, files, etc. on the mobile phone in one of the secure storage locations. An enterprise, for example, may elect to allow certain information to be stored on the phone while not permitting other information. - In connection with the virtualization application, as described herein, the mobile device may have a virtualization application that is designed to present GUI's and then record user interactions with the GUI. The application may communicate the user interactions to the server side to be used by the server side application as user interactions with the application. In response, the application on the server side may transmit back to the mobile device a new GUI. For example, the new GUI may be a static page, a dynamic page, an animation, or the like, thereby providing access to remotely located resources.
- The secure applications may access data stored in a
secure data container 528 in the managedpartition 510 of the mobile device. The data secured in the secure data container may be accessed by the secure wrappedapplications 514, applications executed by asecure application launcher 522,virtualization applications 526 executed by asecure application launcher 522, and the like. The data stored in thesecure data container 528 may include files, databases, and the like. The data stored in thesecure data container 528 may include data restricted to a specificsecure application 530, shared amongsecure applications 532, and the like. Data restricted to a secure application may include securegeneral data 534 and highlysecure data 538. Secure general data may use a strong form of encryption such as AES 128-bit encryption or the like, while highlysecure data 538 may use a very strong form of encryption such as AES 256-bit encryption. Data stored in thesecure data container 528 may be deleted from the device upon receipt of a command from thedevice manager 524. The secure applications may have a dual-mode option 540. Thedual mode option 540 may present the user with an option to operate the secured application in an unsecured or unmanaged mode. In an unsecured or unmanaged mode, the secure applications may access data stored in anunsecured data container 542 on the unmanaged partition 512 of themobile device 502. The data stored in an unsecured data container may bepersonal data 544. The data stored in anunsecured data container 542 may also be accessed byunsecured applications 548 that are running on the unmanaged partition 512 of themobile device 502. The data stored in anunsecured data container 542 may remain on themobile device 502 when the data stored in thesecure data container 528 is deleted from themobile device 502. An enterprise may want to delete from the mobile device selected or all data, files, and/or applications owned, licensed or controlled by the enterprise (enterprise data) while leaving or otherwise preserving personal data, files, and/or applications owned, licensed or controlled by the user (personal data). This operation may be referred to as a selective wipe. With the enterprise and personal data arranged in accordance to the aspects described herein, an enterprise may perform a selective wipe. - The mobile device may connect to
enterprise resources 504 andenterprise services 508 at an enterprise, to thepublic Internet 548, and the like. The mobile device may connect toenterprise resources 504 andenterprise services 508 through virtual private network connections. The virtual private network connections, also referred to as microVPN or application-specific VPN, may be specific toparticular applications 550, particular devices, particular secured areas on the mobile device, and the like 552. For example, each of the wrapped applications in the secured area of the phone may access enterprise resources through an application specific VPN such that access to the VPN would be granted based on attributes associated with the application, possibly in conjunction with user or device attribute information. The virtual private network connections may carry Microsoft Exchange traffic, Microsoft Active Directory traffic, HTTP traffic, HTTPS traffic, application management traffic, and the like. The virtual private network connections may support and enable single-sign-on authentication processes 554. The single-sign-on processes may allow a user to provide a single set of authentication credentials, which are then verified by anauthentication service 558. Theauthentication service 558 may then grant to the user access tomultiple enterprise resources 504, without requiring the user to provide authentication credentials to eachindividual enterprise resource 504. - The virtual private network connections may be established and managed by an
access gateway 560. Theaccess gateway 560 may include performance enhancement features that manage, accelerate, and improve the delivery ofenterprise resources 504 to themobile device 502. The access gateway may also re-route traffic from themobile device 502 to thepublic Internet 548, enabling themobile device 502 to access publicly available and unsecured applications that run on thepublic Internet 548. The mobile device may connect to the access gateway via a transport network 562. The transport network 562 may be a wired network, wireless network, cloud network, local area network, metropolitan area network, wide area network, public network, private network, and the like. - The
enterprise resources 504 may include email servers, file sharing servers, SaaS applications, Web application servers, Windows application servers, and the like. Email servers may include Exchange servers, Lotus Notes servers, and the like. File sharing servers may include ShareFile servers, and the like. SaaS applications may include Salesforce, and the like. Windows application servers may include any application server that is built to provide applications that are intended to run on a local Windows operating system, and the like. Theenterprise resources 504 may be premise-based resources, cloud based resources, and the like. Theenterprise resources 504 may be accessed by themobile device 502 directly or through theaccess gateway 560. Theenterprise resources 504 may be accessed by themobile device 502 via a transport network 562. The transport network 562 may be a wired network, wireless network, cloud network, local area network, metropolitan area network, wide area network, public network, private network, and the like. - The enterprise services 508 may include
authentication services 558,threat detection services 564,device manager services 524,file sharing services 568,policy manager services 570,social integration services 572,application controller services 574, and the like.Authentication services 558 may include user authentication services, device authentication services, application authentication services, data authentication services and the like.Authentication services 558 may use certificates. The certificates may be stored on themobile device 502, by theenterprise resources 504, and the like. The certificates stored on themobile device 502 may be stored in an encrypted location on the mobile device, the certificate may be temporarily stored on themobile device 502 for use at the time of authentication, and the like.Threat detection services 564 may include intrusion detection services, unauthorized access attempt detection services, and the like. Unauthorized access attempt detection services may include unauthorized attempts to access devices, applications, data, and the like.Device management services 524 may include configuration, provisioning, security, support, monitoring, reporting, and decommissioning services.File sharing services 568 may include file management services, file storage services, file collaboration services, and the like.Policy manager services 570 may include device policy manager services, application policy manager services, data policy manager services, and the like.Social integration services 572 may include contact integration services, collaboration services, integration with social networks such as Facebook, Twitter, and LinkedIn, and the like.Application controller services 574 may include management services, provisioning services, deployment services, assignment services, revocation services, wrapping services, and the like. - The enterprise mobility
technical architecture 500 may include anapplication store 578. Theapplication store 578 may include unwrappedapplications 580,pre-wrapped applications 582, and the like. Applications may be populated in theapplication store 578 from theapplication controller 574. Theapplication store 578 may be accessed by themobile device 502 through theaccess gateway 560, through thepublic Internet 548, or the like. The application store may be provided with an intuitive and easy to use User Interface. - A
software development kit 584 may provide a user the capability to secure applications selected by the user by wrapping the application as described previously in this description. An application that has been wrapped using thesoftware development kit 584 may then be made available to themobile device 502 by populating it in theapplication store 578 using theapplication controller 574. - The enterprise mobility
technical architecture 500 may include a management and analytics capability 588. The management and analytics capability 588 may provide information related to how resources are used, how often resources are used, and the like. Resources may include devices, applications, data, and the like. How resources are used may include which devices download which applications, which applications access which data, and the like. How often resources are used may include how often an application has been downloaded, how many times a specific set of data has been accessed by an application, and the like. -
FIG. 6 is another illustrative enterprisemobility management system 600. Some of the components of themobility management system 500 described above with reference toFIG. 5 have been omitted for the sake of simplicity. The architecture of thesystem 600 depicted inFIG. 6 is similar in many respects to the architecture of thesystem 500 described above with reference toFIG. 5 and may include additional features not mentioned above. - In this case, the left hand side represents an enrolled
mobile device 602 with aclient agent 604, which interacts with gateway server 606 (which includes access gateway and application controller functionality) to accessvarious enterprise resources 608 andservices 609 such as Exchange, Sharepoint, PKI Resources, Kerberos Resources, Certificate Issuance service, as shown on the right hand side above. Although not specifically shown, themobile device 602 may also interact with an enterprise application store (StoreFront) for the selection and downloading of applications. - The
client agent 604 acts as the UI (user interface) intermediary for Windows apps/desktops hosted in an Enterprise data center, which are accessed using the HDX/ICA display remoting protocol. Theclient agent 604 also supports the installation and management of native applications on themobile device 602, such as native iOS or Android applications. For example, the managed applications 610 (mail, browser, wrapped application, secure container to which a VPN, such as an application-specific policy-controller VPN can connect to) shown in the figure above are all native applications that execute locally on the device.Client agent 604 and application management framework of this architecture act to provide policy driven management capabilities and features such as connectivity and SSO (single sign on) to enterprise resources/services 608. Theclient agent 604 handles primary user authentication to the enterprise, normally to access gateway (AG) with SSO to other gateway server components. Theclient agent 604 obtains policies fromgateway server 606 to control the behavior of the managedapplications 610 on themobile device 602. - The Secure IPC links 612 between the
native applications 610 andclient agent 604 represent a management channel, which allows client agent to supply policies to be enforced by theapplication management framework 614 “wrapping” each application. TheIPC channel 612 also allowsclient agent 604 to supply credential and authentication information that enables connectivity and SSO toenterprise resources 608. Finally theIPC channel 612 allows theapplication management framework 614 to invoke user interface functions implemented byclient agent 604, such as online and offline authentication. - Communications between the
client agent 604 andgateway server 606 are essentially an extension of the management channel from theapplication management framework 614 wrapping each native managedapplication 610. Theapplication management framework 614 requests policy information fromclient agent 604, which in turn requests it fromgateway server 606. Theapplication management framework 614 requests authentication, andclient agent 604 logs into the gateway services part of gateway server 606 (e.g., NetScaler access gateway).Client agent 604 may also call supporting services ongateway server 606, which may produce input material to derive encryption keys for the local data vaults 616, or provide client certificates which may enable direct authentication to PKI protected resources, as more fully explained below. - In more detail, the
application management framework 614 “wraps” each managedapplication 610. This may be incorporated via an explicit build step, or via a post-build processing step. Theapplication management framework 614 may “pair” withclient agent 604 on first launch of anapplication 610 to initialize the Secure IPC channel and obtain the policy for that application. Theapplication management framework 614 may enforce relevant portions of the policy that apply locally, such as the client agent login dependencies and some of the containment policies that restrict how local OS services may be used, or how they may interact with theapplication 610. - The
application management framework 614 may use services provided byclient agent 604 over theSecure IPC channel 612 to facilitate authentication and internal network access. Key management for the private and shared data vaults 616 (containers) may be also managed by appropriate interactions between the managedapplications 610 andclient agent 604.Vaults 616 may be available only after online authentication, or may be made available after offline authentication if allowed by policy. First use ofvaults 616 may require online authentication, and offline access may be limited to at most the policy refresh period before online authentication is again required. - Network access to internal resources may occur directly from individual managed
applications 610 throughaccess gateway 606. Theapplication management framework 614 is responsible for orchestrating the network access on behalf of eachapplication 610.Client agent 604 may facilitate these network connections by providing suitable time limited secondary credentials obtained following online authentication. Multiple modes of network connection may be used, such as reverse web proxy connections and end-to-end VPN-style tunnels 618. - The Mail and Browser managed
applications 610 have special status and may make use of facilities that might not be generally available to arbitrary wrapped applications. For example, the Mail application may use a special background network access mechanism that allows it to access Exchange over an extended period of time without requiring a full AG logon. The Browser application may use multiple private data vaults to segregate different kinds of data. - This architecture supports the incorporation of various other security features. For example, gateway server 606 (including its gateway services) in some cases will not need to validate AD passwords. It can be left to the discretion of an enterprise whether an AD password is used as an authentication factor for some users in some situations. Different authentication methods may be used if a user is online or offline (i.e., connected or not connected to a network).
- Step up authentication is a feature wherein
gateway server 606 may identify managednative applications 610 that are allowed to have access to highly classified data requiring strong authentication, and ensure that access to these applications is only permitted after performing appropriate authentication, even if this means a re-authentication is required by the user after a prior weaker level of login. - Another security feature of this solution is the encryption of the data vaults 616 (containers) on the
mobile device 602. Thevaults 616 may be encrypted so that all on-device data including files, databases, and configurations are protected. For on-line vaults, the keys may be stored on the server (gateway server 606), and for off-line vaults, a local copy of the keys may be protected by a user password or biometric validation. When data is stored locally on thedevice 602 in thesecure container 616, it is preferred that a minimum of AES 256 encryption algorithm be utilized. - Other secure container features may also be implemented. For example, a logging feature may be included, wherein all security events happening inside an
application 610 are logged and reported to the backend. Data wiping may be supported, such as if theapplication 610 detects tampering, associated encryption keys may be written over with random data, leaving no hint on the file system that user data was destroyed. Screenshot protection is another feature, where an application may prevent any data from being stored in screenshots. For example, the key window's hidden property may be set to YES. This may cause whatever content is currently displayed on the screen to be hidden, resulting in a blank screenshot where any content would normally reside. - Local data transfer may be prevented, such as by preventing any data from being locally transferred outside the application container, e.g., by copying it or sending it to an external application. A keyboard cache feature may operate to disable the autocorrect functionality for sensitive text fields. SSL certificate validation may be operable so the application specifically validates the server SSL certificate instead of it being stored in the keychain. An encryption key generation feature may be used such that the key used to encrypt data on the device is generated using a passphrase or biometric data supplied by the user (if offline access is required). It may be XORed with another key randomly generated and stored on the server side if offline access is not required. Key Derivation functions may operate such that keys generated from the user password use KDFs (key derivation functions, notably PBKDF2) rather than creating a cryptographic hash of it. The latter makes a key susceptible to brute force or dictionary attacks.
- Further, one or more initialization vectors may be used in encryption methods. An initialization vector will cause multiple copies of the same encrypted data to yield different cipher text output, preventing both replay and cryptanalytic attacks. This will also prevent an attacker from decrypting any data even with a stolen encryption key if the specific initialization vector used to encrypt the data is not known. Further, authentication then decryption may be used, wherein application data is decrypted only after the user has authenticated within the application. Another feature may relate to sensitive data in memory, which may be kept in memory (and not in disk) only when it's needed. For example, login credentials may be wiped from memory after login, and encryption keys and other data inside objective-C instance variables are not stored, as they may be easily referenced. Instead, memory may be manually allocated for these.
- An inactivity timeout may be implemented, wherein after a policy-defined period of inactivity, a user session is terminated.
- Data leakage from the
application management framework 614 may be prevented in other ways. For example, when anapplication 610 is put in the background, the memory may be cleared after a predetermined (configurable) time period. When backgrounded, a snapshot may be taken of the last displayed screen of the application to fasten the foregrounding process. The screenshot may contain confidential data and hence should be cleared. - Another security feature relates to the use of an OTP (one time password) 620 without the use of an AD (active directory) 622 password for access to one or more applications. In some cases, some users do not know (or are not permitted to know) their AD password, so these users may authenticate using an
OTP 620 such as by using a hardware OTP system like SecurID (OTPs may be provided by different vendors also, such as Entrust or Gemalto). In some cases, after a user authenticates with a user ID, a text is sent to the user with anOTP 620. In some cases, this may be implemented only for online use, with a prompt being a single field. - An offline password may be implemented for offline authentication for those
applications 610 for which offline use is permitted via enterprise policy. For example, an enterprise may want an enterprise application to be accessed in this manner. In this case, theclient agent 604 may require the user to set a custom offline password and the AD password is not used.Gateway server 606 may provide policies to control and enforce password standards with respect to the minimum length, character class composition, and age of passwords, such as described by the standard Windows Server password complexity requirements, although these requirements may be modified. - Another feature relates to the enablement of a client side certificate for
certain applications 610 as secondary credentials (for the purpose of accessing PKI protected web resources via the application management framework micro VPN feature). For example, an application may utilize such a certificate. In this case, certificate-based authentication using ActiveSync protocol may be supported, wherein a certificate from theclient agent 604 may be retrieved bygateway server 606 and used in a keychain. Each managed application may have one associated client certificate, identified by a label that is defined ingateway server 606. -
Gateway server 606 may interact with an Enterprise special purpose web service to support the issuance of client certificates to allow relevant managed applications to authenticate to internal PKI protected resources. - The
client agent 604 and theapplication management framework 614 may be enhanced to support obtaining and using client certificates for authentication to internal PKI protected network resources. More than one certificate may be supported, such as to match various levels of security and/or separation requirements. The certificates may be used by the Mail and Browser managed applications, and ultimately by arbitrary wrapped applications (provided those applications use web service style communication patterns where it is reasonable for the application management framework to mediate https requests). - Application management client certificate support on iOS may rely on importing a
PKCS 12 BLOB (Binary Large Object) into the iOS keychain in each managed application for each period of use. Application management framework client certificate support may use a HTTPS implementation with private in-memory key storage. The client certificate will never be present in the iOS keychain and will not be persisted except potentially in “online-only” data value that is strongly protected. - Mutual SSL may also be implemented to provide additional security by requiring that a
mobile device 602 is authenticated to the enterprise, and vice versa. Virtual smart cards for authentication togateway server 606 may also be implemented. - Both limited and full Kerberos support may be additional features. The full support feature relates to an ability to do full Kerberos login to Active Directory (AD) 622, using an AD password or trusted client certificate, and obtain Kerberos service tickets to respond to HTTP Negotiate authentication challenges. The limited support feature relates to constrained delegation in AFEE, where AFEE supports invoking Kerberos protocol transition so it can obtain and use Kerberos service tickets (subject to constrained delegation) in response to HTTP Negotiate authentication challenges. This mechanism works in reverse web proxy (aka CVPN) mode, and when http (but not https) connections are proxied in VPN and MicroVPN mode.
- Another feature relates to application container locking and wiping, which may automatically occur upon jail-break or rooting detections, and occur as a pushed command from administration console, and may include a remote wipe functionality even when an
application 610 is not running. - A multi-site architecture or configuration of enterprise application store and an application controller may be supported that allows users to be service from one of several different locations in case of failure.
- In some cases, managed
applications 610 may be allowed to access a certificate and private key via an API (example OpenSSL). Trusted managedapplications 610 of an enterprise may be allowed to perform specific Public Key operations with an application's client certificate and private key. Various use cases may be identified and treated accordingly, such as when an application behaves like a browser and no certificate access is required, when an application reads a certificate for “who am I,” when an application uses the certificate to build a secure session token, and when an application uses private keys for digital signing of important data (e.g. transaction log) or for temporary data encryption. - Many mobile resource management (MRM) solutions (also referred to herein as EMM, MDM and MAM, each of which may include MRM) may face the challenge of managing applications and their associated policies via a common control point managed by corporate information technology (IT) administrators. The actual policies that are available for any particular managed mobile application can vary greatly. Factors such as the particular MRM solution software version, the specific version of MRM tools or SDK used to prepare the application, and the application logic itself can all influence which policies and settings are available for IT administrators to configure and control.
- Applications themselves can be developed and deployed quickly and updated frequently. As such, it is recognized that efficiencies can be gained by decoupling the policies from the underlying control point in such a way that the policy settings themselves as well as the administrative user interface (U/I) for configuring them need not be hardwired into the control point server software. Without this decoupling, the control point software would need to be upgraded every time a new application policy setting was needed.
- An improved technique ensures that a wide range of policies, including application-specific policies and settings, can be composed, configured through an administrative interface, and delivered to the deployed applications, without requiring changes to control point software.
- Enterprises may create (or adapt) their native mobile applications using tools and SDKs associated with the MRM solution they have chosen to deploy. Depending upon the tools or SDK version used to prepare such applications, one can expect that there will be a default set of policies that the MRM system provides automatically. These default policies can be further augmented by an application developer defining their own application specific policies and settings.
- All policies and settings may be defined using a declarative syntax (metadata) that in some variations may include the various elements associated with each setting. In an example, the metadata is provided in the form of an XML (Extensible Markup Language) document that defines individual elements listed for each setting. For example, to define the beginning and end of a policy file, an XML document may use the tags <policymetadata> and </policymetadata>, respectively. The collection of policy setting may be between section tags <policies> and </policies>. Each policy setting may include elements such as the following:
-
- a. Setting identifier, e.g., using special policy setting tags <policy> and </policy>, where the tags mentioned in the following elements are included between;
- b. Setting group or category identifier, e.g., included between <policycategory> and </policycategory> tags;
- c. Setting name, e.g., included between <policyname> and </policyname> tags;
- d. Setting type (Boolean, integer, string, multistring, enum, uniform resource identifier (URI), etc), e.g., included between <policytype> and </policytype>tags;
- e. Range of possible settings values (if needed dependent on setting type);
- f. Default setting value, e.g., included between <policydefault> and </policydefault> tags;
- g. Setting friendly name string (default language plus resource ID for localized name), e.g., included between <policystrings> and </policystrings> tags;
- h. Setting units and other user interface (U/I) display strings (default language plus references to resource ID for localized strings), e.g., included between <policystrings> and </policystrings> tags;
- i. Explanation and extended help text strings (default language plus references to resource ID for localized strings), e.g., included between <policystrings> and </policystrings> tags;
- The various setting group or category identifiers that are available for each policy setting may defined using special <category> and </category> tags, and the collection of setting group or category identifiers may be included between <categories> and </categories> tags. The collection of setting group identifiers and the collection of settings may be included between the <policymetadata> and </policymetadata> tags. Accordingly, an XML document that defines a policy may take the general form similar to the following nested arrangement of XML tags with comments in [ ]:
-
<policymetadata> [tag to define version number of policy] <versionnumber>1.1</versionnumber> <categories> <category> [example definition for a setting group identifier provided below] <categoryid>Access_Auth</categoryid> <catlabel res_id=“ACCESS_AUTH ”>Authentication</catlabel> </category> [additional definitions for setting group identifiers] </categories> <policies> <policy> [example definition for a setting provided below] <policyname>ReauthenticationPeriod</policyname> <policytype>integer</policytype> <policycategory>Access_Auth</policycategory> <policydefault>480</policydefault> <policystrings> <title res_id=“REATUH_PERIOD_TITLE”>Reauthentication period (minutes)</title> <units res_id=“REATUH_PERIOD_UNITS”>minutes</units> <description res_id=“REATUH_PERIOD_DESC”>Defines the period before a user is challenged to authenticate again. If set to zero, the user is prompted for authentication each time app is started or activated. Default value is 480 minutes (8 hours).</description> </policystrings> </policy> [additional definitions for settings] </policies> </policymetadata> -
FIG. 7 illustrates an example method for configuring a policy for a managed application. Additionally,FIG. 7 illustrates a method that is performed by the processing circuitry of one or more computing devices—such as an access gateway, another server under control by an IT administrator of an enterprise (or other user), or another device acting as a control point—when operating in accordance with various software constructs. - At
step 701, the one or more computing device may receive initial policy settings or other data for inclusion in a policy. For example, application preparation tools may assemble one or more policies (also referred herein interchangeably as policy metadata, setting descriptions, and the like) including, for example, a set of default MRM system-provided policies, which may also include one or more application-specific policies or settings provided by the application developer. Such policies or settings may be packaged directly into the application bundle that will be uploaded to the computing device configured to perform the method ofFIG. 7 (e.g., a control point,access gateway 560 ofFIG. 5 , or the like). - When a managed application is uploaded (e.g, for the purpose of publishing the application for enterprise users to consume), the one or more computing devices may proceed to finalize configuration of the policy for the managed application, as illustrated in steps 703-709 of
FIG. 7 . - At step 703, the one or more computing devices may create or otherwise display a user interface (UI) to display various portions of the initial policy settings. For example, upon uploading of the managed application, the one or more computing devices may read the initial policy settings or any other metadata associated with or packaged with the application and may dynamically compose an administrative user interface for all setting descriptions, policy metadata, etc. Further details related to the user interface will be discussed below in connection with
FIGS. 12A-12J - At step 705, the one or more computing device may receive input via the user interface to set, change, and/or add to one or more of the initial policy settings. For example, the IT administrator (or other user that, for example, has admin privileges) may interact with the various controls of the user interface to perform various actions to set or change a policy including, for example: choosing, modifying, entering, or creating settings that are appropriate for the managed application; or leaving preexisting settings set to the current or default value.
- At
step 707, the one or more computing devices may determine to produce one or more published versions of the policy. In some variations, the determination may be made responsive to input that is received via the user interface from the IT administrator (or other user). Such input may, for example, represent an acceptance of the policy for the managed application or a command to publish the policy. - Additionally, the user interface may be configured to allow the IT administrator (or other user) to create multiple policies from the policy settings. Each policy may, for example, be specific to a different user role associated with the enterprise (e.g., one policy for a sales employee; a different policy for a designer, etc.) or application group (e.g., a managed application may be assigned to an application group that provides various constraints or benefits to member applications, such as shared access to data stored in data containers, or the like).
- At
step 709, the one or more computing devices may produce one or more policy files for the managed application. For example, after the IT administrator (or other user) approves the policy for publishing/distribution to one or more mobile devices, a JSON (JavaScript Object Notation) or XML dictionary of key/value pairs representing each defined setting name (dictionary name) and its assigned value may be produced. In some environments, the settings of the policy file represent the corporate policy that should be enforced in order to access resources that are accessible via the access gateway or to execute the managed application. - As discussed above, the user interface may be configured to allow the IT administrator (or other user) to create multiple policies from the policy settings. Accordingly, multiple policies may be produced with each policy being specific to a different user role associated with the enterprise (e.g., one policy for a sales employee; a different policy for a designer, etc.) or application group (e.g., a managed application may be assigned to an application group that provides various constraints or benefits to member applications, such as shared access to data stored in data containers, or the like).
- At
step 711, the one or more computing devices may provide the managed application and the policy file available to be available for download by one or more mobile devices. For example, once uploaded and configured, the managed applications and any associated policy can be made available to an enterprise's employees to peruse and choose to install. In some instances the version of the application and the policy that is made available to each user can be based on their role within the organization. Alternatively, such applications and policies can be pushed directly to mobile devices for users who have enrolled or registered their device with a corporate MDM server that provides such a push service. - Further, in some instances, distribution of the policy may be separate from distribution of the managed application. For example, when an employee executes a managed application on the mobile device, they may be challenged to authenticate their corporate identity along with passwords and other factors as dictated by corporate policy. After having authenticated the user and/or device, the access manager components of the system may verify that the user is entitled to the application in question and download the JSON or XML policy file that represent the settings that have been established by the administrator for this user or mobile device when using this specific managed application.
- Transmission of the policy and managed application to the mobile device may, in some variations, be performed using one or more application specific VPN tunnels, such as a MicroVPN (discussed above).
- After distribution to the user's devices and to enforce the various settings in the policy, the policy file can be consulted by the application or MRM software embedded within the mobile device (e.g., by the
client agent 604 ofFIG. 6 ) whenever a policy decision is needed at run time. In some embodiments, the policy may be cached and periodically refreshed to ensure continued compliance with configured administrative settings produce a policy file for the managed application (e.g., an IT administrator may update a policy by performing a method similar to that illustrated inFIG. 7 to change, delete, or add to the policy). Indeed, in some variations, one of the policy settings may dictate a required update frequency to the policy. Alternatively, the MRM system may be configured to check if an updated version of the policy exists when, for example, the access gateway receives an indication that the managed application is executing on the mobile device (e.g., the access gateway receives a request to authenticate the user, mobile device or application; the access gateway receives a request to create an application specific VPN tunnel, the access gateway receives a request to access a resource that is accessible through the access gateway, or the like). If an update exists, the MRM system may transmit the updated version of the policy to the mobile device. - In some variations, transmission of an update to the policy may be performed without updating the managed application. Further, the user of the mobile device may be unaware of the update to the policy.
- As new versions of the EMM toolkit or SDK become available and as new applications are developed and adapted to this system, the available set of policies needed by a current application mix that is installed on a mobile device can grow dramatically. However, no change in control point software is needed to offer administrative control over the new settings surfaced by these newly deployed applications.
- To configure one or more policies, the settings included in a policy or other metadata, an enterprise may provide a user interface that is usable by an operator to view, create, and edit the policies, applications, and other data related to the same.
FIG. 12A-12J illustrate example user interfaces that can be used to configure one or more policies, settings or metadata. In some embodiments, the user interface may be executed by one or more computing devices, such as an access gateway another server under control by an IT administrator of an enterprise, or another device acting as a control point. In particular, the user interface ofFIGS. 12A-12J may be usable by an operator or other user with administrator privileges. Accordingly, the operator may be required to log in prior to viewing the user interface displayed inFIGS. 12A-12J .FIGS. 12A-12J as illustrated with an “administrator” being logged in, as indicated atdisplay 1205 ofFIG. 12A . While additional details for configuring a policy will be described throughout this disclosure (e.g., in connection withFIG. 7 ), the example user interfaces will be described, for example, to illustrate various settings that may comprise a policy and other data that an operator may view when an enterprise provides managed applications and policies to mobile devices. - As illustrated in
FIG. 12A , anexample dashboard interface 1210 is shown. Thedashboard 1210 may provide a quick snapshot of user activity over a specified period of time (e.g., the last 24 hours of user activity, as shown at 1205). In the illustrated embodiment, thedashboard 1210 displays the total number of users that have logged in viadisplay 1215; the number of applications or resources that have been accessed by those total number of users viadisplay 1225; and the current number of connected user sessions viadisplay 1220. -
FIGS. 12B-12J illustrate different views of the user interface that provide options for viewing and editing the policies for the applications and resources. The example embodiment organizes the options under “Apps & Docs”tab 1310. The policies may be for resources of various types and the user interface may be organized based on the various types. For example, as illustrated, the user interface ofFIG. 12B is organized into amobile application type 1320, adocument type 1365, and adesktop application type 1375. These general resource types may be further divided into sub-type such as by operating system (e.g.,mobile application type 1320 is illustrated as being sub-divided into applications for theAndroid operating system 1330 andiOS operating system 1335; anddesktop application type 1375 is illustrated as being sub-divided into applications for the Windows operating system 1380); whether the resource provides a web-based service or a software as a service (SAAS) model (e.g., a type for web service and SaaS model applications 1340); whether the resource functions as a simple link to a website (e.g., a type for a web link application 1345); whether the resource is an application store or marketplace (e.g., a type for public application stores/marketplaces 1350 and a type for enterprise application stores/marketplaces 1360); whether the resource is being provided by a cloud service (e.g., a type for providing documents via a file share service 1370); and whether the resource has been disabled from being available to users (e.g., a type for disabled applications 1355). In some embodiments, these types may not be specified in any policy file or metadata. Indeed, these types may be solely for the benefit of the administrator in navigating the user interface to find the resource policy file in which he or she intends to create/edit. However, in others, the type and sub-type may be specified in a policy file. For example, when the policy is first created, the administrator may specify the type and version number, which can be viewed after policy creation but not editable (e.g.,settings FIG. 12D ). - After choosing one of the resource types or sub-types, the administrator may be presented with a listing of policies associated with that resource type. As further illustrated in
FIG. 12B , thesub-type Android 1330 for theapplication type 1325 has been selected, and a number of icons are shown as being presented. Included in the icons is an icon for each policy that has been created (e.g.,icon 1390 and icon 1395). WhileFIG. 12B illustrates these icons as being blank, they may include graphics and/or text within the icon's border or surrounding the icon. Also included in the icons is an icon for creating anew policy 1385. While the remaining portion ofFIGS. 12C-12J will be described in connection with configuring a policy for a mobile application of the Android operating system, different policy settings and displays may be used for the different resource types. - As will be described in connection with
FIG. 12C , each policy may also be given a category setting. The administrator may be able to filter the displayed icons by pull-down selector 1315, which lists the various categories of the policies. - When an administrator selects an icon (e.g., via a “single-click”), a summary window may appear that provides a few details from the policy file/metadata and a few additional selectable options. For example, when
icon 1405 ofFIG. 12C is selected, the details may include adisplay name 1410 for the policy (which is editable at 1510 ofFIG. 12D ), adescription 1415 for the policy (which is editable at 1515 ofFIG. 12D ), an internal orworkflow name 1420 for the policy (which is editable at 1610 ofFIG. 12E ), a single sign on (SSO)type 1425 for the policy; and acategory 1430 for the policy (which is editable at 1545 ofFIG. 12D ). The additional selectable options may include anoption 1435 to disable/enable the policy; anoption 1440 to delete the policy; anoption 1445 to edit the policy; and anoption 1450 to push the policy to users' devices. - If the administrator selects to edit the policy via
option 1445, a mobile application detailsscreen 1505 may be displayed in the user interface. The details screen 1505 may present an opportunity for the administrator to view and edit various settings of the policy. - When it is initially viewed, the mobile application details
screen 1505 may first present the settings associated with the details group for the policy (e.g., settinggroup identifier 1502 for details settings). For example, the resource name that the policy is for may be defined (e.g., mobile application name setting 1510) and a short description of the resource may also be defined (e.g., description 1515). The resource type and resource version may both be viewable (e.g.,mobile application type 1520 and mobile application version 1525), and may have been defined when the policy was first created. - When the policy is first created, the resource/application that the policy is to be applied to may be analyzed to determine the default settings for the policy. For example, an application can be analyzed to determine the application programming interface (API) calls that it performs and various settings can be included in the policy based on those API calls. As a particular example, if the application makes a call to the mobile device's camera, various settings to block/allow access to the camera may be included in the policy. If no calls are made to the mobile device's camera, setting(s) to block/allow access to the camera may not be included in the policy.
- The policy may also define various version constraints on the resource. For example,
FIG. 12D illustrates a policy setting for enforcing a minimum and maximum operating system version for a mobile application atminimum OS version 1530 andmaximum OS version 1535. The policy may also exclude one or more devices from being able to access/install the resource (e.g., excluded devices setting 1540). A category for the policy may be defined (e.g., category setting 1545 and one of the types enumerated by pull-down selector 1315). The policy may include a user role setting to enforce a role a user must be assigned in order to access/install the resource (e.g., assigned role setting 1550). The policy may also include a setting to enforce a requirement that the resource be installed on the mobile device (e.g., require application installation setting 1555). After viewing/editing the various policy settings on the mobile application detailsscreen 1505, the administrator may press thenext button 1560 to save the settings of mobile application detailsscreen 1505 to the policy file. - After pressing
next button 1505, the user interface may display the settings associated with the workflow group for the policy (e.g., settinggroup 1602 for workflow settings), which is illustrated inFIG. 12E . The settings that can be viewed/edited at mobileapplication workflow screen 1602 include a setting that distribution of the policy to a user's device requires approval (e.g., approval setting 1605), a setting specifying a workflow name for the policy (e.g., workflow name 1610), and a description of the workflow (e.g., description setting 1615). After viewing/editing the mobile application workflow settings, the administrator may pressnext button 1620 to save the workflow settings of the mobile application detailsscreen 1505 to the policy file. - After pressing
next button 1620, the user interface may display the remaining policy settings (e.g., policy settings 1702), which are illustrated inFIGS. 12F-12J .Policy settings 1702 may include the remaining setting groups that are enumerated in the policy including, for example, a setting group for authentication settings (setting group 1705 for authentication settings, as illustrated inFIG. 12F ); a setting group for device security settings (setting group 1730 for device security settings, as illustrated inFIGS. 12F and 12G ); a setting group for network requirement settings (setting group 1810 for network requirement settings, as illustrated inFIG. 12G ); a setting group for miscellaneous access settings (setting group 1830 for miscellaneous network access settings, as illustrated inFIG. 12G ); a setting group for encryption settings (setting group 1905 for encryption settings, as illustrated inFIG. 12H ); a setting group for application interaction settings (setting group 2005 for mobile application interaction settings, as illustrated inFIG. 12I ); a setting group for application restriction settings (settinggroups FIGS. 12I and 12J ); and a group for network access settings (setting group 2105 for network access settings, as illustrated inFIG. 12J ). - As illustrated in
FIG. 12F , a policy file may include various settings defined as part of an authentication settings group identifier (e.g., those illustrated inFIG. 12F as being part of setting group 1705). - Authentication group settings may include
authentication setting 1710, which may define what level of authentication is required, such as whether a networked log-on with the access gateway is required before accessing the application, whether offline access of the application is permitted, whether access of the application can only be performed when offline, or whether authentication is not required to access the application. - The policy may also specify a maximum offline period setting 1715, which specifies a time period that, when exceeded by the mobile device, would cause the mobile device to challenge the user for the enterprise logon before allowing access to the application. As illustrated, maximum offline period setting 1715 is set for 72 hours. In some embodiments, the minimum amount is 1 hour. Additionally, in some arrangements where authentication setting 1710 is set to requiring a networked-log on, the user will be reminded that a networked log-on will be required at various times before the period expires (e.g., 30 minutes, 10 minutes, etc.), and, after expiration, the application remains locked until the user completes a successful network log-on. Alternatively, if the
authentication setting 1710 is set to requiring a networked log-on, setting 1715 may be ignored with no offline access allowed. - The policy may also specify a re-authentication period setting 1720, which defines a period where when it is expired and the application is re-started, a user is challenged to re-authenticate. In some arrangements, if set to zero, the user is prompted for authentication each time app is started or activated. As illustrated, re-authentication period setting 1720 is set for 480 minutes (e.g., 8 hours). Accordingly, when the application is re-started after 8 hours from a previous authentication, the user will be required to re-authenticate (e.g., supply the log-on username and password).
- The policy may also specify a domain name of the access gateway that the mobile device is to use when authenticating. As illustrated, gateway domain name setting 1725 allows an administrator to specify a fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of an access gateway that will handle authentication.
- As illustrated in
FIGS. 12F and 12G , a policy file may include various settings defined as part of a device security settings group identifier (e.g., those illustrated inFIGS. 12F and 12G as being part of setting group 1730). - Device
security settings group 1730 may include a setting specifying whether to block jailbroken or rooted devices. For example, block jailbroken setting 1735, if set to “on” the application is locked when the device is jailbroken or rooted. If setting 1735 is set to “off” the application can run even if the device is jailbroken or rooted. - The policy may also include a require
device encryption setting 1740. If require device encryption setting 1740 is set to “on” data stored on the mobile device will be encrypted (e.g., in accordance with the encryption settings group, as discussed below). If require device encryption setting 1740 is set to “off” the data stored on the mobile device is not encrypted. - The policy may also include a require device PIN (personal identification number) or
password setting 1745. If setting 1745 is set to “on” the user will be required to lock/unlock the mobile device using a PIN or password. If set to “off” the mobile phone will not be required to be locked via a PIN or password. - The policy may also include a require device pattern
screen lock setting 1805. If setting 1805 is set to “on” the user will be required to lock/unlock the mobile device using a pattern screen lock mechanism. If set to “off” the mobile phone will not be required to be locked via a pattern screen lock mechanism. - As illustrated in
FIG. 12G , a policy file may include various settings defined as part of a network requirements settings group identifier (e.g., those illustrated inFIG. 12G as being part of setting group 1810). - Network
requirements setting group 1810 may include a requireWiFi setting 1815. If setting 1815 is set to “on” the application will be locked when the device is not connected to a WiFi network (e.g., 3G, 4G, LAN connection, etc.). If setting 1815 is set to “of” the application will be able to run even if the mobile device does not have an active WiFi connection. - The policy may also include a require
internal network setting 1820. If setting 1820 is set to “on” the application is allowed to run on the mobile device only when the mobile device is connected inside the enterprise network. If setting 1820 is set to “off” the application can run from an external network. - The policy may also include an internal
WiFi network setting 1825. Setting 1825 may be defined by a comma separated list of allowed internal WiFi network identifiers (e.g., SSID). In some arrangements, this setting applies only when connected via an internal enterprise network. For example, when the mobile device is connected from inside the enterprise network, application access is blocked unless the device is connected via one of the listed network identifiers. If setting 1825 is empty, any internal WiFi network may be used. If logged on from an external network (or not logged on), this setting may not enforced. - As illustrated in
FIG. 12G , a policy file may include various settings defined as part of a miscellaneous access settings group identifier (e.g., those illustrated inFIG. 12G as being part of setting group 1830). - Miscellaneous
access setting group 1830 may include an update grace period setting 1835. Setting 1835 may define the grace period within which the application may continue to be used after the system has discovered that an update is available. - The policy may also include an
authentication failure setting 1840. Setting 1840 may define a number of consecutive failed offline password challenges that will cause the application to become locked. Once locked, the application may only be unlocked through a successful network log-on. In some arrangements, if setting 1840 is set to zero, authentication failures will never cause the application to become locked. - The policy may also include an erase application data setting 1845. Setting 1845 may define whether application data should be deleted when the application is locked. If setting 1845 is set to “on” data maintained by the application may be erased when the application is locked. Erasing such data may effectively reset the application to its original installed state. If setting 1845 is set to “off” data maintained by the application is not erased when the app is locked. An application can be locked for various reasons such as, for example: loss of application entitlement for the user; application subscription removed; user account removed by the enterprise, too many application authentication failures, the mobile device being jailbroken or rooted without policy permitting application access when the device is jailbroken/rooted, device placed in lock state by administrative action, and the like.
- The policy may also include an active poll period setting 1850. Setting 1850 defines a poll period for reaching the application controller and providing the application controller with information about the lock/erase status of the mobile device and the enable/disable status of the application. After a successful poll, the interval may be restarted and a new poll will again be attempted upon expiration of the specified poll period.
- As illustrated in
FIG. 12H , a policy file may include various settings defined as part of an encryption settings group identifier (e.g., those illustrated inFIG. 12H as being part of setting group 1905). -
Encryption settings group 1905 may include an encryption keys setting 1910 to allow how encryption keys are managed. For example, if setting 1910 is set to “online access only” data used to derive encryption keys cannot be persist on the device (e.g., be stored in a long-term storage). Instead, such data must be recovered from the enterprise each time the encryption keys are to be derived. If setting 1910 is set to “offline access permitted” data used to derive encryption keys can persist on the device. In some arrangements, if setting 1910 is set to “online access only” authentication setting 1710 is enforced to be set to “network logon.” - The policy may also include a private
file encryption setting 1915 that specifies a security group which can access the application's private files. This allows for different applications assigned to the specified security group to derive the keys used to encrypt/decrypt the private files. - The policy may also include a private
file encryption setting 1920 that specifies exclusions to databases/specific locations where private files/data will not be automatically encrypted. - The policy may also include an
access limit setting 1925 that specifies access limits for public files. - The policy may also include a public
file encryption setting 1930 that specifies a security group which can access the application's public files. This allows for different applications assigned to the specified security group to derive the keys used to encrypt/decrypt the public files. - The policy may also include a public
file encryption setting 1935 that specifies exclusions to databases/specific locations where public files/data will not be automatically encrypted. - The policy may also include a public
file migration setting 1940 that specifies the access permissions that public files are assigned. - As illustrated in
FIG. 12I , a policy file may include various settings defined as part of an application interaction settings group identifier (e.g., those illustrated inFIG. 12I as being part of setting group 2005). - Application
interaction setting group 2005 may include a security group setting 2010 that specifies a security group for the policy. In some arrangements, when this setting is set to blank, all applications can exchange data with the application. In some embodiments, when this application is given one or more comma separated security group identifiers, only security groups matching one of the listed identifiers will be able to exchange data with the application. - The policy may also include a cut and copy setting 2015 that, for example, specifies whether the application is able to perform cut and copy operations (e.g., blocked or unrestricted), or whether the application is only able to cut and copy operations with applications in its security group (e.g., restricted). When setting 2015 is set to “restricted” cut or copied data is placed in a private clipboard that is only available to applications having the same security group as the application. A similar setting could be included in a policy related to paste operations.
- The policy may also include a
document exchange setting 2020. Setting 2020, in some variations, blocks, permits, or restricts document exchange operations for this application (e.g., by being set to blocked, unrestricted or restricted). When setting 2020 is set to “restricted” data can be exchanged only with other applications having the same security group as the application. - As illustrated in
FIGS. 12I and 12J , a policy file may include various settings defined as part of an application restriction settings group identifier (e.g., those illustrated inFIGS. 12I and 12J as being part ofsetting group 2025 and setting group 2125). - Application
restriction settings group 2125 may include a disablediagnostic logging setting 2030. If setting 2030 is set to “on” the application is unable to interact with the mobile device's diagnostic logging operations. If set to “off” the diagnostic logging operations are allowed to be performed for the application. - The policy may also include a
block camera setting 2035. If setting 2035 is set to “on” the application may be unable to access the mobile device's camera. If set to “off” the application may be able to access the mobile device's camera. - The policy may also include a block
microphone record setting 2040. If setting 2040 is set to “on” the application may be unable to record data via the mobile device's microphone. If set to “off” the application may be able to access/record from the mobile device's microphone. - The policy may also include a block location services setting 2045. If setting 2045 is set to “on” the application may be unable to access the mobile device's location services (e.g., global positioning services (GPS)). If set to “off” the application may be able to access the mobile device's location services.
- The policy may also include a block short messaging service (SMS) setting 2050. If setting 2050 is set to “on” the application may be unable to access the mobile device's SMS compose function. If set to “off” the application may be able to access the mobile device's SMS compose function.
- The policy may also include a block
screen capture setting 2130. If setting 2130 is set to “on” the application may be unable to access the mobile device's screen capture function. If set to “off” the application may be able to access the mobile device's screen capture function. - The policy may also include a block
device sensor setting 2135. If setting 2135 is set to “on” the application may be unable to access the mobile device's sensors (e.g., acceleration, orientation sensors, and the like). If set to “off” the application may be able to access the mobile device's sensors. - As illustrated in
FIG. 12J , a policy file may include various settings defined as part of a network access settings group identifier (e.g., those illustrated inFIG. 12J as being part of setting group 2105). - Network
access settings group 2105 may include a network access setting 2110. Setting 2110 can have various values related to preventing, permitting or redirecting network activity that is attempted by/intended for the application. For example, if setting 2110 is set to “unrestricted” no restrictions are placed on the network access of the application. If setting 2110 is set to “blocked” all network access is blocked. If setting 2110 is set to “tunneled to the internal network” an application-specific VPN tunnel back to the access gateway may be required for all network access. - The policy may include a certificate label setting 2115 that allows for a particular certificate to be used for network access.
- The policy may include an authentication support setting 2120 that specifies whether a user should be authenticated before allowing network access.
- After viewing/editing the various policy settings, the administrator may press save
button 2140 to save the policy settings to the policy file. - The above settings are meant to only be examples of the types of settings that could be included in a policy. Variations on the above settings or different settings not discussed above could be included in a policy.
- For example, additional types of policy settings not shown in
FIGS. 12A-12J include, for example, a disable e-mail setting that blocks/allows access to the mobile device's e-mail functions; a disable paste setting that blocks/allows paste operations; a disable print setting that blocks/allows access to the mobile device's print functions; a disable cloud setting that blocks/allows access to the mobile device's cloud services; and one or more network traffic filters. - One example of a traffic filter is an outbound traffic filter. Some applications, such as iOS applications, can dispatch uniform resource locator (URL) requests to other applications that have been registered to handle specific schemes (such as “https://”). Such an outbound traffic filter setting may provide a mechanism for an application to pass requests for help to another application. This setting serves to filter the URLs that are passed from this application to other applications. In some arrangements, the value of the setting should be formatted as a comma separated list of patterns where each pattern may be preceded by a plus “+” or minus “−”. Outbound URLs can be compared against the patterns in the order listed until a match is found. Once matched, the action taken may be dictated by the prefix. A minus “−” prefix blocks the URL from being passed out to another application. A plus “+” prefix permits the URL to be passed out to another application for handling. If neither “+” or “−” is provided with the pattern, a default action may be taken (e.g., allow is assumed). A pair of values separated by “=” may indicate a substitution where occurrences of the first string are replaced with the second. The regular-expression “̂” prefix may be used to require the pattern to occur at the beginning of the URL. In some embodiments, if an outbound URL does not match any pattern in the list, it will be blocked. A similar filter setting could be constructed for an inbound network traffic filter.
- By relying on a comprehensive metadata description of all policies and settings associated with managed applications that, in some instances, may be embedded within the application bundle itself, the administrative control point for the policies can dynamically compose user interface for these settings, thereby decoupling the back end EMM server software from the specific knowledge of policies to be offered.
- Further, this data driven description of policy settings may simplify delivery of policy settings dynamically to an application at runtime without any middleware knowledge of the semantics of these settings.
-
FIG. 8 illustrates an example environment in which various policies may be configured. The environment ofFIG. 8 provide additional details not shown inFIGS. 5 and 6 and, specifically, show various aspects related to configuring policies for managed applications, as described herein (e.g., in connection withFIG. 7 and in connection with the below-described methods of the remaining figures). As shown, amobile device 810 may communicate, e.g., over the Internet or some other network, withMRM system 830. TheMRM system 830 may include, for example, an authentication server 832 (e.g., that provides authentication services, such as those described in connection withFIG. 5 ), an application store 834 (e.g.,application store 578 ofFIG. 5 ), and an administrativeuser interface generator 836, or any of the other components described above in connection withFIGS. 3 through 6 (e.g.,MRM system 830 may include an access gateway or other component). Such other components are omitted fromFIG. 8 for simplicity. - In some embodiments, an
application developer 840 may develop anapplication 812 that is to be managed by one or more policies. The application developer may also produceinitial policy metadata 846. Thepolicy metadata 846 may define a set of policies for controlling data flow into and/or out of the managedapplication 812. In some instances, the policy metadata may include a first set of policy metadata that is general to theMRM system 830 and a second set of policy metadata that is specific to the managedapplication 812. The application developer 840 (or multiple developers) may develop multiple mobile applications, each with metadata general to theMRM system 830 and with application-specific metadata. - The managed
application 812 andpolicy metadata 846 may be received at the MRM system 830 (e.g., received from application developer 812) and provided to other otherwise received by theadministrative UI generator 836. Upon receiving the managedapplication 812 andpolicy metadata 846, theadministrative UI generator 836 may dynamically generate anadministrative UI 850. An administrator, such as an IT administrator, can then view thepolicy metadata 846 via a viewing component ofUI 850 and customize the policy settings included in thepolicy metadata 846, e.g., based on rules of theMRM system 830 and/or other considerations. Subsequent to the administrator's customizations ispolicy 856, which may be an XML file, and may include one or more settings different from policy metadata 846 (e.g.,policy metadata 846 may include a setting not included inpolicy 856,policy metadata 846 may not include a setting included inpolicy 856, etc.). In an example, thepolicy 856 may be in the form of a dictionary of policy names and values (e.g., key/values pairs), which may be included in an XML or JSON file, for example. - With the settings of the
policy 856 established, the managedapplication 812 may be made available to users via theapplication store 834. Users, such as a user of themobile device 810, can log on to theMRM system 830 by, for example, submittingauthentication requests 814 to the authentication server 832 (e.g., via a MicroVPN tunnel and an access gateway, as illustrated inFIG. 5 ) and receivingauthentication responses 816. Authenticated users can view applications in theapplication store 834 and download them to their mobile devices. For example, the user of themobile device 810 can download the managedapplication 812 from theapplication store 834. - In some variations, when the user downloads the managed
application 812, the user may also receive thepolicy 856. Theapplication 812, based on software installed on the mobile device (e.g., the client agent as described in connection withFIG. 6 ) can then be executed in such a way as to constrain its operation on themobile device 810 in accordance with thepolicy 856. - Additionally, the managed
application 812 may be specially designed or adapted for use with theMRM system 830 or enterprise. In other words, the managed application can be considered to be not an application that general users can download for their own personal activities (e.g., news apps, Facebook app, etc.). In some examples, the managedapplication 812 may be designed especially for theMRM system 830. In other examples, theapplication 812 may be a widely used application that is adapted specifically for use with theMRM system 830. For example, theapplication 812 may be injected with additional code that enables the application to conform with the framework of theMRM system 830. Such code can be compiled into theapplication 812 using an SDK. Alternatively, such code may be applied as a wrapper around the general-use application. Such “wrapping” may provide one or more interfaces to adapt theapplication 812 specifically for use with theMRM system 830. In general, the additional code may, for example, divert application programming interface (API) calls from theapplication 812 through thepolicy 856, such that thepolicy 856 is applied to control the behavior of theapplication 812 on themobile device 810. - The application developer(s) 840 can periodically provide updated versions of the
policy metadata 846. Such updates can be used to generate (via the administrative UI generator 836) an updated version ofpolicy 856. In some examples, the updated version ofpolicy 856 can be pushed to themobile device 810 to update the policy in use. - In some examples, the
policy 856 residing on themobile device 810 may be refreshed periodically, or in response to certain events, such as starting theapplication 812 on themobile device 810, in response to a MicroVPN connection being created between themobile device 810 and an access gateway of theMRM system 830, or in accordance with a setting ofpolicy 856 that directsmobile device 810 to request an update to thepolicy 856. - Having described certain embodiments, numerous alternative embodiments or variations can be made. For example, the
MRM system 830 has been shown and described as a server accessible via a network, such as the Internet, and may be implemented with both a server portion and a client portion that runs on themobile device 810. - A policy may include any type of setting that an IT administrator or application developer may wish to implement for a managed application In connection with the numerous different settings that an IT administrator or application developer may wish to implement for a managed application, a few additional embodiments and variations will be described in connection with
FIGS. 9 through 11 . - For example, temporal and geographic restrictions on data access may be useful in some variations. Accordingly, an administrator may deploy a policy that restricts the availability of the data (stored within the container) to a specified time window and/or a geographic zone (e.g., as determined by a GPS chip of the mobile device) within which the mobile device must be currently located in order to access the data. Further, the policy can instruct deletion of data from the container or otherwise make them unavailable when the specified time period expires or if the mobile device is taken outside of the defined geographic zone. One example method for configuring and providing a policy that includes a setting to delete data will be discussed below in connection with
FIG. 9 . - As another example, it may be important to include settings that constrain or otherwise affect how the application is to be executed. For example, a policy may specify how data associated with the mobile application is to be stored by the mobile device and/or how file system APIs called by the application are to be redirected and/or how data associated with the mobile application is to be processed by the mobile device. One example method for configuring and providing a policy that includes one or more settings for managing execution of a managed application will be discussed below in connection with
FIG. 10 . - As another example, it may be important to include settings that are specific to a user's role in the enterprise, such as what department he or she is employed within the enterprise (e.g., sales, engineering, etc.). It may also be important to include settings related to authenticating a user when the mobile application is executing (e.g., a setting that specifies a token that can be used to authenticate a user when creating a MicroVPN connection specific to the managed application and that enables access by the mobile device/application to one or more resources that are accessible via an access gateway). One example method for configuring and providing a policy that includes one or more settings related to user authentication and/or user identification will be discussed below in connection with
FIG. 11 . -
FIG. 9 illustrates an example method for configuring and providing a policy that includes a setting to delete data in accordance with various aspects of the disclosure. Additionally,FIG. 9 illustrates a method that is performed by the processing circuitry of one or more computing devices—such as an access gateway, another server under control by an IT administrator of an enterprise, or another device acting as a control point—when operating in accordance with various software constructs. - At
step 901, the one or more computing device may receive initial policy settings or other data for inclusion in a policy. This step may proceed similar to step 701 ofFIG. 7 . - At step 903, the one or more computing devices may create a user interface (UI) to display various portions of the initial policy settings. This step may proceed similar to step 703 of
FIG. 7 . - At step 905, the one or more computing device may receive input via the user interface to set, change, and/or add to one or more settings related to providing a selective wipe on a mobile device (e.g., a selective wipe setting). Aspects of this step may proceed similar to step 705 of
FIG. 7 . - An IT administrator may provide input specifying one or more conditions that, when not met by the mobile device, instruct deletion of data or instruct the mobile device to perform a selective wipe. For example, an IT administrator may provide input via the UI that specifies one or more temporal or geographic restrictions for data associated with the managed application. Accordingly, one or more policy settings may be set, changed and/or added to restrict the availability of data to a specified time window and/or a geographic zone (e.g., as determined by a GPS chip of the mobile device) within which the mobile device must be currently located in order to access data.
- An IT administrator may provide input specifying one or more conditions that, when met by the mobile device, instruct deletion of data or instruct the mobile device to perform a selective wipe. For example, one or more settings may be set, changed and/or added via the UI that specify one or more operating conditions of the mobile device. Such operating conditions may include, for example, an attempt to jailbreak the mobile phone, install an application on a blacklist, a number of failed attempts to log-in to the mobile device, an attempt to uninstall the managed application, switch from a managed application to an unmanaged application, switch from the managed application being stored in a managed partition of the mobile device to an unmanaged partition, receive a message specifying that the user no longer is employed by the enterprise, or otherwise use the mobile device in a disallowed configuration. Other operating conditions may include deleting data according to a specified schedule (e.g., daily, weekly) or when a secure container has or exceeds a threshold amount of stored data. As the device is operated, software on the device may monitor for the one or more operating conditions and when the operating conditions are met, may perform a selective wipe or delete data from the mobile device in accordance with the policy setting. Further details as to how the mobile device performs a selective wipe or deletes data is described below in connection with
step 909. - The IT administrator may also be able to set, change and/or add specific data that is to be deleted when performing the selective wipe. For example, a specific data container's identifier or resource name may be included in the policy setting so that any data stored in the data container (e.g.,
secure data container 528 ofFIG. 5 , the private data vault or shared data vault ofFIG. 6 , etc.). The policy setting may also specify that a user's mobile device is deleted of all enterprise application(s) and corporate data when performing the selective wipe based on the policy setting. - At
step 907, the one or more computing devices may determine to produce one or more published versions of the policy. This step may proceed similar to step 707 ofFIG. 7 . - At
step 909, the one or more computing devices may produce one or more policy files for the managed application that include the selective wipe setting. This step may proceed similar to step 709 ofFIG. 7 . - The policy file produced by this step can be used by the mobile device to enforce the selective wipe settings. Accordingly, the policy can cause the mobile device or application to perform various actions based on any selective wipe setting included in the policy file. Generally, any of the above (or other) conditions described above in connection with step 905 may form the basis for actions that the mobile device or application is caused to perform.
- For example, if the mobile device does not meet the conditions of a selective wipe setting (or does meet conditions, depending on what type of constraint the setting applies), the mobile device may, in response, perform a selective wipe as defined by the selective wipe setting.
- As one example, a selective wipe may be performed by the mobile device as follows. The mobile device may begin by monitoring the operating conditions of the mobile device (e.g., monitor for when the user discontinues employment, violates a corporate policy such as if they jailbreak their device or otherwise use it in a disallowed configuration, or the like). Based on any selective wipe setting included in the policy and the monitored conditions, the mobile device may determine to perform a selective wipe of data. For example, if a selective wipe setting specifies a number of failed attempts that result in performance of a selective wipe and the mobile device detects a sufficient number of consecutive failed attempts to enter a valid passcode (e.g., 5 or 10), the mobile device may determine to perform a selective wipe.
- Generally, any of the above (or other) conditions described above in connection with
step 907 may form the basis of the determination of when the mobile device performs a selective wipe. To enforce the policy, the mobile device may compare the monitored conditions to one or more policies and if the conditions match a condition specified in the policy that commands a selective wipe, the mobile device may determine to perform a selective wipe. - In some embodiments, the mobile device may perform a check to determine whether it has the most up to date policies that form a basis for performing the selective wipe. For example, in some instances, the mobile device may be performing a polling mechanism in a background thread that periodically polls for updates to the policies installed on the mobile device. In others, the mobile device may, prior to performing the selective wipe, send a message to the access gateway that indicates a selective wipe is about to be performed. In addition to indicating that the selective wipe is about to be performed, the message may include an indication of the version number of the policy that formed the basis for determining to perform the selective wipe. Responsive to receiving the message, the access gateway may determine whether the mobile device has the most-up-to date policy settings (e.g., determine whether the policy should be updated or not) and, based on the determination, may respond with an acknowledgement that indicates the mobile device has the most up-to-date policy settings or respond with an update to the policy. After receiving the message or update, the mobile device may proceed with performing the selective wipe or re-determine whether the selective wipe should be performed based on the updated policy.
- The mobile device may continue the selective wipe process by, for example, determining one or more secure containers for the selective wipe. For example, the mobile device may determine which secure containers contain the data of the one or more managed applications. This determination may be based on information specified by the policy.
- After determining to perform the selective wipe and determining which containers to delete from, the mobile device may delete or otherwise make inaccessible the data of the one or more secure containers in accordance with the policy. For example, a container may be configured to allow the client agent or mobile device to read from, write to, and/or delete information from the container's file system. Deleting data from the container can include deleting actual data stored in the container, deleting pointers to data stored in the container, deleting encryption keys used to decrypt data stored in the container, and the like. The container can enable some or all of the enterprise data stored in its file system to be deleted without modifying other data stored on the mobile device outside of the container.
- After performing the selective wipe, the mobile device may transmit a selective wipe acknowledgement to the enterprise. Such an acknowledgement may provide an indication to the enterprise that the selective wipe was successful. The acknowledgement may include a listing of applications and/or listing of secure containers that were affected/deleted by the selective wipe. The acknowledgement may also include a version number of the policy that included the selective wipe settings so that a computing device (e.g., the access gateway) can confirm that the most up-to-date version of the selective wipe settings were used. Upon receipt, the enterprise (e.g., access gateway) may update its stored records accordingly.
- At
step 911, the one or more computing devices may provide the managed application and the policy file to be available for download by one or more mobile devices. This step may proceed similar to step 711 ofFIG. 7 . -
FIG. 10 illustrates an example method for configuring and providing a policy that includes one or more settings related to application management of a managed application. Additionally,FIG. 10 illustrates a method that is performed by the processing circuitry of one or more computing devices—such as an access gateway, another server under control by an IT administrator of an enterprise, or another device acting as a control point—when operating in accordance with various software constructs. - At
step 1001, the one or more computing device may receive initial policy settings or other data for inclusion in a policy. This step may proceed similar to step 701 ofFIG. 7 . - At step 1003, the one or more computing devices may create a user interface (UI) to display various portions of the initial policy settings. This step may proceed similar to step 703 of
FIG. 7 . - At step 1005, the one or more computing device may receive input via the user interface to set, change, and/or add one or more settings related to application management of a managed application (e.g., an application management setting). Aspects of this step may proceed similar to step 705 of
FIG. 7 . - In some arrangements, the UI administrator may provide input to set, change, or add a setting that specifies how data associated with the mobile application is to be stored by the mobile device and/or how file system APIs called by the application are to be redirected and/or how data associated with the mobile application is to be processed by the mobile device.
- For example, the IT administrator may assign one or more secure containers to the mobile application. Accordingly, the policy may include one or more identifiers or resource names for the assigned secure container(s).
- As another example, in some instances, the mobile device may have previously used a different application prior to using the managed application (e.g., a previous corporate e-mail application) and the previous application may not have enforced similar security settings that will be applied to the managed application (e.g., the previous corporate e-mail application did not encrypt the data of the inbox or the like). Accordingly, one or more application management settings may be included in the policy so that legacy data will be processed when the application is configured in order to provide the user with access to the legacy data in accordance with the different security protocols being applied to the managed application.
- An IT administrator may configure the policy so that, for example, it includes a location of the legacy data is defined within the policy and/or includes an indication that the mobile device is to transfer legacy data for the managed application when configuring the application. The policy may also define an amount of legacy data to move to the secure containers (e.g., a maximum amount of raw data, a number of days of e-mails, all data, etc.). In some arrangements, the legacy data may be stored remotely, such as by an enterprise resource.
- The IT administrator may also provide input that specifies encryption and/or decryption keys for use when a mobile device or application wants to read, write or otherwise access a secure container on the mobile device when the managed application is running. Such a policy may link a specified encryption/decryption key to one or more secure containers by specifying one or more secure container identifiers or resource names. For example, encryption or decryption keys may be assigned based on a tuple of user, device, and application or application group, and the policy may include information identifying the tuple (e.g., an identifier of the user, identifier of the mobile device, and identifier of the application or application group).
- The IT administrator may also provide input that specifies how and/or how often the encryption and decryption keys should be updated or refreshed. For example, the setting may include a time to live for each key so that when the time expires, the mobile device must retrieve new keys via the access gateway. In some arrangements, such settings may also specify that the new keys are retrieved via an application specific VPN, such as a MicroVPN tunnel.
- The IT administrator may also provide input that specifies which application group the managed application belongs to. Such an application management setting may include an identifier or resource name for a shared data vault that is accessible by other members of the application group.
- The IT administrator may also provide input that specifies one or more secure data container that read or write operations from the managed application are to be redirected to when the mobile device executed the managed application. In some arrangements, one of the secure data containers may be a private secured data container that is accessible to only the managed application (e.g., the private app data vault of
FIG. 6 ). In others, one or more of the secure data containers may be a shared data container (e.g., shared data vault ofFIG. 6 ) that, for example, is accessible to applications of the same application group. - At
step 1007, the one or more computing devices may determine to produce one or more published versions of the policy. This step may proceed similar to step 707 ofFIG. 7 . - At
step 1009, the one or more computing devices may produce one or more policy files for the managed application that include the application management setting(s). This step may proceed similar to step 709 ofFIG. 7 . - The policy file produced by this step can be used by the mobile device to enforce the application management settings. Accordingly, the policy can cause the mobile device or application to perform various actions based on any application management setting included in the policy file. Generally, any of the above (or other) conditions described above in connection with step 1005 may form the basis for actions that the mobile device or application is caused to perform.
- For example, when the mobile device configures the managed application, the mobile device may also configure one or more secure containers in accordance with the policy file. Based on the policy, the mobile device may determine whether the assigned containers have been properly created and configured on the mobile device. If a container does not already exist, a new empty vault is initialized, including a file system for the container (e.g., empty directory tree). An access manager for the container may also be configured. In some embodiments, a secure container can be a logical interface into which read or write operations are redirected and in which data is in an encrypted form. The access manager of a secure container may govern access to the file system by applications and other components of the mobile device.
- A software component, such as the client agent of the mobile device, may also be configured based on the policy. For example, an interception layer may also be configured to be aware of any of the secure containers specified by the policy. To configure the interception layer, it may be configured with information linking the identifiers or resource identifiers for the secure containers to one or more API calls that will be issued by the application during execution and may be configured with the locations of the keys that will be used when encrypting/decrypting data to/from the application. In such a way, the interception layer may intercept such calls when the application is executing and redirect the calls to the appropriate secure container in accordance with the policy and, in some variations, without the application being aware of the interception.
- If the policy specifies that legacy data for the managed application is to be configured for the application, the mobile device may perform such configuring of the legacy data accordingly. For example, the mobile device may retrieve, from the location where the legacy data is stored, and/or an amount of data in accordance with the policy. The mobile device may then encrypt the data in accordance with the policy (e.g., using the encryption protocols specified by the policy and using the keys specified by the policies). Some data may be encrypted using different keys based on which of the one or more secure containers they will be stored into. After encrypting the legacy data, the mobile device may store the now-encrypted legacy data into the specified secure container (as determined by the policy). In some instances, the policy may specify that some data is to be stored in one container (e.g., a private container), while other data is to be stored in a different container (e.g., a shared container). Accordingly, the data may be stored into the appropriate containers in their encrypted form. Such storage may be performed by updating or creating references to the location of the encrypted data in the secure container's file system. In some instances, after successfully processing the legacy data, any legacy data that remains on the mobile device in its unencrypted form may be deleted from the mobile device (such deletion may also be specified by the policy).
- At
step 1011, the one or more computing devices may provide the managed application and the policy file to be available for download by one or more mobile devices. This step may proceed similar to step 711 ofFIG. 7 . -
FIG. 11 illustrates an example method for configuring and providing a policy that includes one or more settings related to user authentication and/or user identification in accordance with various aspects described herein. Additionally,FIG. 11 illustrates a method that is performed by the processing circuitry of one or more computing devices—such as an access gateway, another server under control by an IT administrator of an enterprise, or another device acting as a control point—when operating in accordance with various software constructs. - At
step 1101, the one or more computing device may receive initial policy settings or other data for inclusion in a policy. This step may proceed similar to step 701 ofFIG. 7 . - At step 1103, the one or more computing devices may create a user interface (UI) to display various portions of the initial policy settings. This step may proceed similar to step 703 of
FIG. 7 . - At step 1105, the one or more computing device may receive input via the user interface to set, change, and/or add a setting related to user authentication or user identification (e.g., a user authorization setting or a user identification setting). In some arrangements, such a setting may provide a condition for authorizing or identifying a user in connection with providing the access to one or more resources that are accessible through an access gateway. Aspects of this step may proceed similar to step 705 of
FIG. 7 . - In some arrangements, an IT administrator may set, change and/or add a setting that specifies (or includes) a ticket or token (these terms will be used interchangeably herein). Such tokens can be used by the mobile device in order to authenticate the user in a transparent manner. That is, one or more tickets are provided to the mobile device from the enterprise in an effort to avoid burdening the user to re-authenticate. When attempting to access an enterprise resource or initiating a secure connection to the enterprise resource, the mobile device may provide the ticket to the access gateway instead of reauthenticating (e.g., instead of requiring the user to input or otherwise provide his or her credentials, such as a username and/or password).
- Such tickets, however, may expire and the IT administrator may specify the expiration time or expirations conditions of the ticket. If such tickets expire, operations that required tickets instead now require that the user re-authenticate. In some variations, a ticket may be one-time use and/or time-based, and impose constraints and/or privileges to the application or user when accessing an enterprise resource. For example, a ticket may be specified as valid for a two-week period, or some other shorter or longer time period as the enterprise operator wishes (e.g., provide short-lived or longer-lived access). In some arrangements, access control is structured so that the level of security diminishes over time. For instance, some applications which should have high security may be provided tickets that expire more quickly (e.g., after a predefined amount of time such as an hour, 15 minutes, etc.). Other tickets associated with applications of lower security may expire at a later time (e.g., after a later predefined amount of time such as a day, etc.). Other ticket-based techniques for imposing different levels of security based on time or other measure (e.g., number of logins) are suitable for use as well.
- As one example of a ticket's use, a ticket may be usable to provide authentication in connection with creating a VPN tunnel to enterprise resources. For example, a ticket may include data or be otherwise configured to authenticate a user, mobile device or application that is attempting to create a VPN tunnel to an enterprise resource that is accessible through an access gateway, such as a MicroVPN tunnel or other type of application-specific VPN tunnel.
- The IT administrator may also provide input via the UI that specifies how a user is to log-on to the MRM system. For example, the policy may specify that the user can use single-sign on functionality for authentication with the access gateway and the conditions with which the user can continue using single sign on functionality (e.g., single sign on within particular geographic or mobile device location constraints, within particular time windows, constraints requiring an install of a particular application on the mobile device, or the like).
- As discussed above, when a user executes a managed application on the mobile device, the user is typically challenged to authenticate their corporate identity along with passwords and other factors as dictated by corporate policy. The policy may specify the constraints on the password and/or specify the types of identification information that is to be included when requesting to authenticate (e.g., authenticate with a password, username and mobile device identifier).
- The policy may also specify (or include) one or more certificates that can be used to respond to certificate challenges that are received by the mobile device.
- The IT administrator may also provide input via the UI to create a policy that is assigned to the user's role within the enterprise or specific to the application's assigned application group. In such a way a single managed application may be associated with multiple policies, with each policy being assigned to a different user role (e.g., one policy for a sales employee; a different policy for a designer, etc.) or application group (e.g., a managed application may be assigned to multiple application groups where each provides various constraints or benefits to member applications, such as shared access to data stored in data containers, or the like, and each of the multiple application groups corresponds to a different user role).
- A policy may also be assigned to a group of applications. The group of applications could be, for example, a grouping of applications that apply to a particular industry (e.g., the policy is assigned to a group of applications that are related to the healthcare industry), apply to a particular organization (e.g., the policy is assigned to a group of applications that were created by the same application developer, or are provided by the same enterprise), and the like. The UI may be configured to allow the IT administrator to provide input to create such assignments.
- At
step 1107, the one or more computing devices may determine to produce one or more published versions of the policy. This step may proceed similar to step 707 ofFIG. 7 . - At
step 1109, the one or more computing devices may produce one or more policy files for the managed application that include the user authentication or user identification setting(s). This step may proceed similar to step 709 ofFIG. 7 . - The policy file produced by this step can be used by the mobile device to enforce the user authentication or user identification settings. Accordingly, the policy can cause the mobile device or application to perform various actions based on any user authentication or user identification setting included in the policy file. Generally, any of the above (or other) conditions described above in connection with step 1105 may form the basis for actions that the mobile device or application is caused to perform.
- For example, a ticket specified by the policy may be first loaded into the mobile device when the policy is downloaded to the mobile device. The mobile device may transmit a message including the ticket when attempting to create an application-specific VPN tunnel. If such token/ticket has expired, then the user may be asked to proceed through a full authentication process again before allowing VPN access. If the ticket is not expired, the information included in the ticket may be used by a computing device (e.g., access gateway) to determine that the ticket is valid and the user is allowed to access resources that are accessible via the access gateway. After using the ticket to authenticate the user, a VPN tunnel between the access gateway and mobile device may be constructed/initialized that enables the mobile device with access to at least one resource. The VPN tunnel may be an application specific VPN, such as a MicroVPN.
- Use of the user authorization or user identification settings may, in some embodiments, cause the mobile device to be able perform various actions without the application and/or the user being aware of the authorization or that the user identification was provided to the enterprise. For example, the creation of the application specific VPN tunnel may be done without user interaction and without the user's knowledge that the application specific VPN tunnel has been created/established. As another example, certificates specified by the policy may be provided without the application or user being aware that such information was provided. As yet another example, user log-ins, passwords, or other identifying information may be provided to the enterprise without the user or application being aware that such information was provided.
- At
step 1111, the one or more computing devices may provide the managed application and the policy file to be available for download by one or more mobile devices. This step may proceed similar to step 711 ofFIG. 7 . - Although the subject matter has been described in language specific to structural features and/or methodological acts, it is to be understood that the subject matter defined in any claim is not necessarily limited to the specific features or acts described above. Rather, the specific features and acts described above are described as some example implementations of the following claims.
Claims (20)
Priority Applications (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US14/041,923 US8719898B1 (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2013-09-30 | Configuring and providing profiles that manage execution of mobile applications |
US14/242,011 US9467474B2 (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2014-04-01 | Conjuring and providing profiles that manage execution of mobile applications |
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201261713715P | 2012-10-15 | 2012-10-15 | |
US201361806577P | 2013-03-29 | 2013-03-29 | |
US201361863194P | 2013-08-07 | 2013-08-07 | |
US14/039,651 US20140109176A1 (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2013-09-27 | Configuring and providing profiles that manage execution of mobile applications |
US14/041,923 US8719898B1 (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2013-09-30 | Configuring and providing profiles that manage execution of mobile applications |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/039,651 Continuation US20140109176A1 (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2013-09-27 | Configuring and providing profiles that manage execution of mobile applications |
Related Child Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/242,011 Continuation US9467474B2 (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2014-04-01 | Conjuring and providing profiles that manage execution of mobile applications |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20140109177A1 true US20140109177A1 (en) | 2014-04-17 |
US8719898B1 US8719898B1 (en) | 2014-05-06 |
Family
ID=49448303
Family Applications (6)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/039,651 Abandoned US20140109176A1 (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2013-09-27 | Configuring and providing profiles that manage execution of mobile applications |
US14/041,946 Active US8904477B2 (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2013-09-30 | Configuring and providing profiles that manage execution of mobile applications |
US14/041,923 Active US8719898B1 (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2013-09-30 | Configuring and providing profiles that manage execution of mobile applications |
US14/041,935 Active US8887230B2 (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2013-09-30 | Configuring and providing profiles that manage execution of mobile applications |
US14/242,011 Active 2033-12-12 US9467474B2 (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2014-04-01 | Conjuring and providing profiles that manage execution of mobile applications |
US14/508,245 Active 2033-10-31 US9654508B2 (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2014-10-07 | Configuring and providing profiles that manage execution of mobile applications |
Family Applications Before (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/039,651 Abandoned US20140109176A1 (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2013-09-27 | Configuring and providing profiles that manage execution of mobile applications |
US14/041,946 Active US8904477B2 (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2013-09-30 | Configuring and providing profiles that manage execution of mobile applications |
Family Applications After (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/041,935 Active US8887230B2 (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2013-09-30 | Configuring and providing profiles that manage execution of mobile applications |
US14/242,011 Active 2033-12-12 US9467474B2 (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2014-04-01 | Conjuring and providing profiles that manage execution of mobile applications |
US14/508,245 Active 2033-10-31 US9654508B2 (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2014-10-07 | Configuring and providing profiles that manage execution of mobile applications |
Country Status (3)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (6) | US20140109176A1 (en) |
EP (1) | EP2907076A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2014062395A1 (en) |
Cited By (31)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20130054962A1 (en) * | 2011-08-31 | 2013-02-28 | Deepak Chawla | Policy configuration for mobile device applications |
US8918841B2 (en) | 2011-08-31 | 2014-12-23 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Hardware interface access control for mobile applications |
CN104966311A (en) * | 2015-06-10 | 2015-10-07 | 江苏中威科技软件系统有限公司 | Vector graph storage method used for handwriting signing system |
US20150326562A1 (en) * | 2014-05-06 | 2015-11-12 | Okta, Inc. | Facilitating single sign-on to software applications |
CN106911625A (en) * | 2015-12-22 | 2017-06-30 | 国民技术股份有限公司 | A kind of text handling method of safe input method, device and system |
WO2017139651A1 (en) * | 2016-02-10 | 2017-08-17 | Vignet Incorporated | Publishing customized application modules |
CN107679112A (en) * | 2017-09-15 | 2018-02-09 | 浙江大学 | A kind of weighted feature knowledge of Design-Oriented knowledge push is applicable probability match method |
US9935850B1 (en) * | 2014-11-18 | 2018-04-03 | Berryville Holdings, LLC | Systems and methods for implementing an on-demand computing network environment |
US9948679B2 (en) | 2015-08-21 | 2018-04-17 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Object-relation user interface for viewing security configurations of network security devices |
CN109002707A (en) * | 2018-08-31 | 2018-12-14 | 国鼎网络空间安全技术有限公司 | The device and method of Android application configuration and data sharing based on virtual container |
US10182055B2 (en) | 2016-06-06 | 2019-01-15 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Security policy efficacy visualization |
CN109995473A (en) * | 2018-12-17 | 2019-07-09 | 芜湖智久机器人有限公司 | TCP communication data packets and its packaging method, check system, method of calibration |
US10470040B2 (en) | 2017-08-27 | 2019-11-05 | Okta, Inc. | Secure single sign-on to software applications |
US10587729B1 (en) | 2016-10-28 | 2020-03-10 | Vignet Incorporated | System and method for rules engine that dynamically adapts application behavior |
US10775974B2 (en) | 2018-08-10 | 2020-09-15 | Vignet Incorporated | User responsive dynamic architecture |
US10803411B1 (en) | 2017-04-17 | 2020-10-13 | Microstrategy Incorporated | Enterprise platform deployment |
US10819586B2 (en) * | 2018-10-17 | 2020-10-27 | Servicenow, Inc. | Functional discovery and mapping of serverless resources |
US20210112412A1 (en) * | 2018-06-22 | 2021-04-15 | Vivo Mobile Communication Co., Ltd. | Network access method, terminal, and network side network element |
US11068574B2 (en) * | 2016-09-08 | 2021-07-20 | Vmware, Inc. | Phone factor authentication |
US11158423B2 (en) | 2018-10-26 | 2021-10-26 | Vignet Incorporated | Adapted digital therapeutic plans based on biomarkers |
US11184223B2 (en) * | 2018-07-31 | 2021-11-23 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Implementation of compliance settings by a mobile device for compliance with a configuration scenario |
US11238979B1 (en) | 2019-02-01 | 2022-02-01 | Vignet Incorporated | Digital biomarkers for health research, digital therapeautics, and precision medicine |
US11244104B1 (en) | 2016-09-29 | 2022-02-08 | Vignet Incorporated | Context-aware surveys and sensor data collection for health research |
US11252196B2 (en) * | 2016-10-24 | 2022-02-15 | Nec Corporation | Method for managing data traffic within a network |
US11705230B1 (en) | 2021-11-30 | 2023-07-18 | Vignet Incorporated | Assessing health risks using genetic, epigenetic, and phenotypic data sources |
US11714658B2 (en) | 2019-08-30 | 2023-08-01 | Microstrategy Incorporated | Automated idle environment shutdown |
US11755372B2 (en) | 2019-08-30 | 2023-09-12 | Microstrategy Incorporated | Environment monitoring and management |
US11763919B1 (en) | 2020-10-13 | 2023-09-19 | Vignet Incorporated | Platform to increase patient engagement in clinical trials through surveys presented on mobile devices |
US11811832B2 (en) | 2018-07-17 | 2023-11-07 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Queryless device configuration determination-based techniques for mobile device management |
US11901083B1 (en) | 2021-11-30 | 2024-02-13 | Vignet Incorporated | Using genetic and phenotypic data sets for drug discovery clinical trials |
WO2024211553A1 (en) * | 2023-04-05 | 2024-10-10 | Providence St. Joseph Health | Using a hidden webview under the control of a mobile app to maintain an authenticated session between the mobile app and a backend resource |
Families Citing this family (300)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US8776038B2 (en) | 2008-08-07 | 2014-07-08 | Code Systems Corporation | Method and system for configuration of virtualized software applications |
US8434093B2 (en) | 2008-08-07 | 2013-04-30 | Code Systems Corporation | Method and system for virtualization of software applications |
US8954958B2 (en) | 2010-01-11 | 2015-02-10 | Code Systems Corporation | Method of configuring a virtual application |
US9104517B2 (en) | 2010-01-27 | 2015-08-11 | Code Systems Corporation | System for downloading and executing a virtual application |
US8959183B2 (en) | 2010-01-27 | 2015-02-17 | Code Systems Corporation | System for downloading and executing a virtual application |
US9229748B2 (en) | 2010-01-29 | 2016-01-05 | Code Systems Corporation | Method and system for improving startup performance and interoperability of a virtual application |
US8473743B2 (en) | 2010-04-07 | 2013-06-25 | Apple Inc. | Mobile device management |
US8763009B2 (en) | 2010-04-17 | 2014-06-24 | Code Systems Corporation | Method of hosting a first application in a second application |
US8782106B2 (en) | 2010-07-02 | 2014-07-15 | Code Systems Corporation | Method and system for managing execution of virtual applications |
US8732697B2 (en) | 2010-08-04 | 2014-05-20 | Premkumar Jonnala | System, method and apparatus for managing applications on a device |
US8955152B1 (en) * | 2010-09-07 | 2015-02-10 | Symantec Corporation | Systems and methods to manage an application |
US9021015B2 (en) | 2010-10-18 | 2015-04-28 | Code Systems Corporation | Method and system for publishing virtual applications to a web server |
US9209976B2 (en) | 2010-10-29 | 2015-12-08 | Code Systems Corporation | Method and system for restricting execution of virtual applications to a managed process environment |
US9092482B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2015-07-28 | Palantir Technologies, Inc. | Fair scheduling for mixed-query loads |
US20140280723A1 (en) * | 2013-03-13 | 2014-09-18 | Keertikiran Gokul | System, method and apparatus for managing services and applications |
US9407492B2 (en) | 2011-08-24 | 2016-08-02 | Location Labs, Inc. | System and method for enabling control of mobile device functional components |
US9740883B2 (en) * | 2011-08-24 | 2017-08-22 | Location Labs, Inc. | System and method for enabling control of mobile device functional components |
US8874935B2 (en) | 2011-08-30 | 2014-10-28 | Microsoft Corporation | Sector map-based rapid data encryption policy compliance |
EP2756438B1 (en) | 2011-09-13 | 2020-11-11 | Facebook, Inc. | Software cryptoprocessor |
US9280377B2 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2016-03-08 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Application with multiple operation modes |
US9215225B2 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2015-12-15 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Mobile device locking with context |
US9043480B2 (en) | 2011-10-11 | 2015-05-26 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Policy-based application management |
US8886925B2 (en) | 2011-10-11 | 2014-11-11 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Protecting enterprise data through policy-based encryption of message attachments |
US20140032733A1 (en) | 2011-10-11 | 2014-01-30 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Policy-Based Application Management |
US9819753B2 (en) | 2011-12-02 | 2017-11-14 | Location Labs, Inc. | System and method for logging and reporting mobile device activity information |
KR101361265B1 (en) * | 2012-05-08 | 2014-02-12 | (주)카카오 | Method of alerting of mobile terminal using a plarality of alert modes and mobile terminal thereof |
US9489531B2 (en) | 2012-05-13 | 2016-11-08 | Location Labs, Inc. | System and method for controlling access to electronic devices |
US9355228B2 (en) | 2012-07-13 | 2016-05-31 | Angel Secure Networks, Inc. | System and method for policy driven protection of remote computing environments |
JP5972121B2 (en) * | 2012-09-07 | 2016-08-17 | キヤノン株式会社 | Application management system, management apparatus, application execution terminal, application management method, application execution terminal control method, and program |
US9774658B2 (en) | 2012-10-12 | 2017-09-26 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Orchestration framework for connected devices |
US8726343B1 (en) | 2012-10-12 | 2014-05-13 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Managing dynamic policies and settings in an orchestration framework for connected devices |
US9516022B2 (en) | 2012-10-14 | 2016-12-06 | Getgo, Inc. | Automated meeting room |
US20140109176A1 (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2014-04-17 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Configuring and providing profiles that manage execution of mobile applications |
US8910239B2 (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2014-12-09 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Providing virtualized private network tunnels |
CN104854561B (en) | 2012-10-16 | 2018-05-11 | 思杰系统有限公司 | Application program for application management framework encapsulates |
US20140108793A1 (en) | 2012-10-16 | 2014-04-17 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Controlling mobile device access to secure data |
US9606774B2 (en) | 2012-10-16 | 2017-03-28 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Wrapping an application with field-programmable business logic |
US9971585B2 (en) | 2012-10-16 | 2018-05-15 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Wrapping unmanaged applications on a mobile device |
US9591452B2 (en) | 2012-11-28 | 2017-03-07 | Location Labs, Inc. | System and method for enabling mobile device applications and functional components |
US9554190B2 (en) | 2012-12-20 | 2017-01-24 | Location Labs, Inc. | System and method for controlling communication device use |
US9754392B2 (en) | 2013-03-04 | 2017-09-05 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Generating data-mapped visualization of data |
US20140258511A1 (en) * | 2013-03-11 | 2014-09-11 | Bluebox Security Inc. | Methods and Apparatus for Reestablishing Secure Network Communications |
US9344487B2 (en) * | 2013-03-14 | 2016-05-17 | Alcatel Lucent | Method for networking cPaaS components for application on-boarding |
US10560324B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2020-02-11 | Location Labs, Inc. | System and method for enabling user device control |
US9307386B2 (en) | 2013-03-22 | 2016-04-05 | Global Tel*Link Corporation | Multifunction wireless device |
US9369449B2 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2016-06-14 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Providing an enterprise application store |
US9985850B2 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2018-05-29 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Providing mobile device management functionalities |
US8850049B1 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2014-09-30 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Providing mobile device management functionalities for a managed browser |
US9355223B2 (en) * | 2013-03-29 | 2016-05-31 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Providing a managed browser |
US10284627B2 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2019-05-07 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Data management for an application with multiple operation modes |
US9946528B2 (en) * | 2013-06-10 | 2018-04-17 | Bmc Software, Inc. | System and method for automated customization of applications |
US9244939B2 (en) * | 2013-06-27 | 2016-01-26 | Lenovo Enterprise Solutions (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. | Managing I/O operations in a shared file system |
US10122714B2 (en) | 2013-08-01 | 2018-11-06 | Bitglass, Inc. | Secure user credential access system |
US9553867B2 (en) | 2013-08-01 | 2017-01-24 | Bitglass, Inc. | Secure application access system |
JP6351225B2 (en) * | 2013-09-02 | 2018-07-04 | キヤノン株式会社 | Image processing apparatus, information processing system, control method therefor, and program for information processing apparatus and image processing apparatus |
US9137237B2 (en) | 2013-09-03 | 2015-09-15 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Automatically generating certification documents |
US9477603B2 (en) | 2013-09-05 | 2016-10-25 | Facebook, Inc. | System and method for partitioning of memory units into non-conflicting sets |
US9674225B2 (en) | 2013-09-20 | 2017-06-06 | Open Text Sa Ulc | System and method for updating downloaded applications using managed container |
EP2851833B1 (en) | 2013-09-20 | 2017-07-12 | Open Text S.A. | Application Gateway Architecture with Multi-Level Security Policy and Rule Promulgations |
US9471798B2 (en) | 2013-09-20 | 2016-10-18 | Oracle International Corporation | Authorization policy objects sharable across applications, persistence model, and application-level decision-combining algorithm |
US9253212B2 (en) * | 2013-09-24 | 2016-02-02 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Automated production of certification controls by translating framework controls |
US9983894B2 (en) | 2013-09-25 | 2018-05-29 | Facebook, Inc. | Method and system for providing secure system execution on hardware supporting secure application execution |
JP6223099B2 (en) * | 2013-10-01 | 2017-11-01 | キヤノン株式会社 | Image processing apparatus, control method therefor, and program |
US10049048B1 (en) | 2013-10-01 | 2018-08-14 | Facebook, Inc. | Method and system for using processor enclaves and cache partitioning to assist a software cryptoprocessor |
CA2927859A1 (en) * | 2013-10-24 | 2015-04-30 | Internet Infrastructure Services Corporation | Methods of dynamically securing electronic devices and other communications through environmental and system measurements leveraging tailored trustworthy spaces |
KR102252136B1 (en) * | 2013-10-25 | 2021-05-13 | 더 리젠츠 오브 더 유니버시티 오브 미시건 | Controlling unregulated aggregation of mobile app usage |
US9590972B2 (en) * | 2013-10-31 | 2017-03-07 | Aruba Networks, Inc. | Application authentication using network authentication information |
US10798449B2 (en) * | 2014-01-07 | 2020-10-06 | Sony Corporation | Information processing apparatus and information processing method for validating an application |
US9501315B2 (en) | 2014-01-10 | 2016-11-22 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Management of unmanaged user accounts and tasks in a multi-account mobile application |
US20150213265A1 (en) * | 2014-01-27 | 2015-07-30 | Smartronix, Inc. | Remote enterprise security compliance reporting tool |
US9747450B2 (en) | 2014-02-10 | 2017-08-29 | Facebook, Inc. | Attestation using a combined measurement and its constituent measurements |
US9734092B2 (en) | 2014-03-19 | 2017-08-15 | Facebook, Inc. | Secure support for I/O in software cryptoprocessor |
US10615967B2 (en) | 2014-03-20 | 2020-04-07 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Rapid data protection for storage devices |
USD769322S1 (en) * | 2014-03-24 | 2016-10-18 | Microsoft Corporation | Display screen with icons |
US9792458B2 (en) * | 2014-05-05 | 2017-10-17 | Ims Health Incorporated | Platform to build secure mobile collaborative applications using dynamic presentation and data configurations |
US9531677B1 (en) * | 2014-05-07 | 2016-12-27 | Skyport Systems, Inc. | Method and system for managing network access |
US9692788B2 (en) | 2014-05-29 | 2017-06-27 | Blackberry Limited | Method and system for domain creation and bootstrapping |
US10148805B2 (en) | 2014-05-30 | 2018-12-04 | Location Labs, Inc. | System and method for mobile device control delegation |
EP3161695A1 (en) * | 2014-06-27 | 2017-05-03 | Promeditec S.r.l. | System for remote monitoring and supervision of data |
US9672338B1 (en) * | 2014-07-07 | 2017-06-06 | Mobile Iron, Inc. | Managing applications across multiple management domains |
US9661126B2 (en) | 2014-07-11 | 2017-05-23 | Location Labs, Inc. | Driving distraction reduction system and method |
US10171503B1 (en) * | 2014-07-15 | 2019-01-01 | F5 Networks, Inc. | Methods for scaling infrastructure in a mobile application environment and devices thereof |
US9749458B2 (en) | 2014-08-11 | 2017-08-29 | Location Labs, Inc. | Driving without distraction support system |
US9825945B2 (en) | 2014-09-09 | 2017-11-21 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Preserving data protection with policy |
US10261672B1 (en) * | 2014-09-16 | 2019-04-16 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Contextual launch interfaces |
US9853812B2 (en) | 2014-09-17 | 2017-12-26 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Secure key management for roaming protected content |
US20160087993A1 (en) * | 2014-09-19 | 2016-03-24 | Microsoft Corporation | Selectively Managing Datasets |
EP2999249A1 (en) * | 2014-09-22 | 2016-03-23 | Gemalto Sa | Method for detecting dynamically that secure elements are eligible to an OTA campaign and corresponding OTA server |
US9323556B2 (en) | 2014-09-30 | 2016-04-26 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Programmatic event detection and message generation for requests to execute program code |
US9600312B2 (en) * | 2014-09-30 | 2017-03-21 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Threading as a service |
US9830193B1 (en) | 2014-09-30 | 2017-11-28 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Automatic management of low latency computational capacity |
US10048974B1 (en) | 2014-09-30 | 2018-08-14 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Message-based computation request scheduling |
US9146764B1 (en) | 2014-09-30 | 2015-09-29 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Processing event messages for user requests to execute program code |
US9678773B1 (en) | 2014-09-30 | 2017-06-13 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Low latency computational capacity provisioning |
US9715402B2 (en) | 2014-09-30 | 2017-07-25 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Dynamic code deployment and versioning |
WO2016056236A1 (en) * | 2014-10-08 | 2016-04-14 | 日本電気株式会社 | Information processing device, information processing method, and recording medium |
US9900295B2 (en) | 2014-11-05 | 2018-02-20 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Roaming content wipe actions across devices |
US9736126B2 (en) * | 2014-12-04 | 2017-08-15 | International Business Machines Corporation | Authenticating mobile applications using policy files |
US9413626B2 (en) | 2014-12-05 | 2016-08-09 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Automatic management of resource sizing |
US9667653B2 (en) * | 2014-12-15 | 2017-05-30 | International Business Machines Corporation | Context-aware network service policy management |
US10152383B2 (en) | 2014-12-17 | 2018-12-11 | Airwatch Llc | Expedited device backup, wipe, and enrollment |
US9680705B2 (en) * | 2014-12-26 | 2017-06-13 | Halogen Software Inc. | Competency based device access |
US20160191645A1 (en) * | 2014-12-30 | 2016-06-30 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Containerizing Web Applications for Managed Execution |
JP6507643B2 (en) * | 2015-01-05 | 2019-05-08 | 富士通株式会社 | Application providing method, application providing server and application providing program |
US9635055B2 (en) * | 2015-01-28 | 2017-04-25 | defend7, Inc. | Encryption levels for secure application containers |
US9733967B2 (en) | 2015-02-04 | 2017-08-15 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Security protocols for low latency execution of program code |
US9588790B1 (en) | 2015-02-04 | 2017-03-07 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Stateful virtual compute system |
US10075475B2 (en) * | 2015-02-06 | 2018-09-11 | Honeywell International Inc. | Apparatus and method for dynamic customization of cyber-security risk item rules |
US10075474B2 (en) | 2015-02-06 | 2018-09-11 | Honeywell International Inc. | Notification subsystem for generating consolidated, filtered, and relevant security risk-based notifications |
US10021119B2 (en) | 2015-02-06 | 2018-07-10 | Honeywell International Inc. | Apparatus and method for automatic handling of cyber-security risk events |
US10021125B2 (en) | 2015-02-06 | 2018-07-10 | Honeywell International Inc. | Infrastructure monitoring tool for collecting industrial process control and automation system risk data |
AU2016218305B2 (en) * | 2015-02-11 | 2020-03-12 | Honeywell International Inc. | Apparatus and method for dynamic customization of cyber-security risk item rules |
US10298608B2 (en) | 2015-02-11 | 2019-05-21 | Honeywell International Inc. | Apparatus and method for tying cyber-security risk analysis to common risk methodologies and risk levels |
US9665743B2 (en) * | 2015-02-26 | 2017-05-30 | Whitecanyon Software, Inc. | Selective storage device wiping system and method |
US10476947B1 (en) | 2015-03-02 | 2019-11-12 | F5 Networks, Inc | Methods for managing web applications and devices thereof |
US20160292154A1 (en) * | 2015-03-31 | 2016-10-06 | Mckesson Corporation | Methods and Apparatuses for Providing Document Workflow Management |
US9369537B1 (en) | 2015-03-31 | 2016-06-14 | Lock2Learn, LLC | Systems and methods for regulating device usage |
EP3079059A1 (en) * | 2015-04-07 | 2016-10-12 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for a mobile device based cluster computing infrastructure |
US9930103B2 (en) | 2015-04-08 | 2018-03-27 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Endpoint management system providing an application programming interface proxy service |
US9785476B2 (en) | 2015-04-08 | 2017-10-10 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Endpoint management system and virtual compute system |
USD792422S1 (en) * | 2015-04-12 | 2017-07-18 | Adp, Llc | Display screen with graphical user interface |
US10142371B2 (en) | 2015-04-24 | 2018-11-27 | Oracle International Corporation | Authorization policy customization and authorization policy lockdown |
US11245725B2 (en) * | 2015-04-24 | 2022-02-08 | Matthew B. TREVATHAN | Dynamically updating policy controls for mobile devices and applications |
US10104086B2 (en) | 2015-04-24 | 2018-10-16 | Oracle International Corporation | Techniques for fine grained protection of resources in an access management environment |
US10171437B2 (en) | 2015-04-24 | 2019-01-01 | Oracle International Corporation | Techniques for security artifacts management |
US9756041B2 (en) * | 2015-04-30 | 2017-09-05 | Rockwell Automation Technologies, Inc. | Offline access control for an application |
US11350254B1 (en) * | 2015-05-05 | 2022-05-31 | F5, Inc. | Methods for enforcing compliance policies and devices thereof |
US9800604B2 (en) | 2015-05-06 | 2017-10-24 | Honeywell International Inc. | Apparatus and method for assigning cyber-security risk consequences in industrial process control environments |
US9407624B1 (en) | 2015-05-14 | 2016-08-02 | Delphian Systems, LLC | User-selectable security modes for interconnected devices |
EP3101614A1 (en) * | 2015-06-04 | 2016-12-07 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Fundraising through group of participants using mobile device |
US10331321B2 (en) | 2015-06-07 | 2019-06-25 | Apple Inc. | Multiple device configuration application |
US9736166B2 (en) * | 2015-06-08 | 2017-08-15 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | System and method for using per-application profiles in a computing device |
JP6228573B2 (en) * | 2015-06-26 | 2017-11-08 | 株式会社オプティム | Application providing server, application setting terminal, application providing system, application providing method, and application providing server program. |
US9843572B2 (en) * | 2015-06-29 | 2017-12-12 | Airwatch Llc | Distributing an authentication key to an application installation |
US9853820B2 (en) | 2015-06-30 | 2017-12-26 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Intelligent deletion of revoked data |
USD778288S1 (en) * | 2015-07-01 | 2017-02-07 | Microsoft Corporation | Display screen with graphical user interface |
USD789944S1 (en) * | 2015-07-01 | 2017-06-20 | Microsoft Corporation | Display screen with graphical user interface |
US10395042B2 (en) | 2015-07-02 | 2019-08-27 | Oracle International Corporation | Data encryption service |
US10127403B2 (en) * | 2015-07-30 | 2018-11-13 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Computing system with privacy control mechanism and method of operation thereof |
US10025810B2 (en) | 2015-07-31 | 2018-07-17 | Vmware, Inc. | Policy composition language |
US9900325B2 (en) * | 2015-10-09 | 2018-02-20 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Passive encryption of organization data |
US9910697B2 (en) | 2015-10-13 | 2018-03-06 | Palantir Technologies Inc. | Fault-tolerant and highly-available configuration of distributed services |
JP6714337B2 (en) * | 2015-10-16 | 2020-06-24 | キヤノン株式会社 | Information processing device, information processing method, and program |
US9967287B2 (en) * | 2015-10-27 | 2018-05-08 | Airwatch Llc | Detection of offline attempts to circumvent security policies |
US10346802B2 (en) | 2015-10-28 | 2019-07-09 | Open Text GXS ULC | Trading partner relationship graph for information exchange platform |
BR112016030854A2 (en) | 2015-10-30 | 2017-11-07 | Intuit Inc | globally scalable solution |
US11593075B2 (en) * | 2015-11-03 | 2023-02-28 | Open Text Sa Ulc | Streamlined fast and efficient application building and customization systems and methods |
US11006278B2 (en) * | 2015-11-19 | 2021-05-11 | Airwatch Llc | Managing network resource permissions for applications using an application catalog |
US9888022B2 (en) | 2015-12-01 | 2018-02-06 | International Business Machines Corporation | Providing application-specific threat metrics |
US9571457B1 (en) * | 2015-12-15 | 2017-02-14 | International Business Machines Corporation | Dynamically defined virtual private network tunnels in hybrid cloud environments |
US10142293B2 (en) | 2015-12-15 | 2018-11-27 | International Business Machines Corporation | Dynamically defined virtual private network tunnels in hybrid cloud environments |
US10754701B1 (en) | 2015-12-16 | 2020-08-25 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Executing user-defined code in response to determining that resources expected to be utilized comply with resource restrictions |
US9811434B1 (en) | 2015-12-16 | 2017-11-07 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Predictive management of on-demand code execution |
US10235176B2 (en) | 2015-12-17 | 2019-03-19 | The Charles Stark Draper Laboratory, Inc. | Techniques for metadata processing |
US10936713B2 (en) * | 2015-12-17 | 2021-03-02 | The Charles Stark Draper Laboratory, Inc. | Techniques for metadata processing |
US10067801B1 (en) | 2015-12-21 | 2018-09-04 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Acquisition and maintenance of compute capacity |
US9910713B2 (en) | 2015-12-21 | 2018-03-06 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Code execution request routing |
US11757946B1 (en) | 2015-12-22 | 2023-09-12 | F5, Inc. | Methods for analyzing network traffic and enforcing network policies and devices thereof |
US10817593B1 (en) * | 2015-12-29 | 2020-10-27 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | User information gathering and distribution system |
US10009380B2 (en) | 2016-01-08 | 2018-06-26 | Secureworks Corp. | Systems and methods for security configuration |
US10116625B2 (en) * | 2016-01-08 | 2018-10-30 | Secureworks, Corp. | Systems and methods for secure containerization |
US10135855B2 (en) | 2016-01-19 | 2018-11-20 | Honeywell International Inc. | Near-real-time export of cyber-security risk information |
US11178150B1 (en) | 2016-01-20 | 2021-11-16 | F5 Networks, Inc. | Methods for enforcing access control list based on managed application and devices thereof |
CN107026791B (en) | 2016-01-29 | 2021-02-12 | 华为技术有限公司 | Virtual private network VPN service optimization method and device |
US10778683B2 (en) | 2016-01-29 | 2020-09-15 | Docusign, Inc. | Cloud-based coordination of customer premise service appliances |
US11290425B2 (en) * | 2016-02-01 | 2022-03-29 | Airwatch Llc | Configuring network security based on device management characteristics |
US11388037B2 (en) | 2016-02-25 | 2022-07-12 | Open Text Sa Ulc | Systems and methods for providing managed services |
US10530762B2 (en) * | 2016-03-09 | 2020-01-07 | Google Llc | Electing whether to unify passcodes |
US10171506B2 (en) * | 2016-03-21 | 2019-01-01 | Fortinet, Inc. | Network security management via social media network |
US10891145B2 (en) | 2016-03-30 | 2021-01-12 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Processing pre-existing data sets at an on demand code execution environment |
US11132213B1 (en) | 2016-03-30 | 2021-09-28 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Dependency-based process of pre-existing data sets at an on demand code execution environment |
US10938814B2 (en) * | 2016-05-09 | 2021-03-02 | Aetna Inc. | Unified authentication software development kit |
US10291636B2 (en) * | 2016-05-23 | 2019-05-14 | International Business Machines Corporation | Modifying a user session lifecycle in a cloud broker environment |
US10595202B2 (en) * | 2016-05-23 | 2020-03-17 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Dynamic access to hosted applications |
US10567302B2 (en) | 2016-06-01 | 2020-02-18 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Enterprise business mobile dashboard |
US10581917B2 (en) | 2016-06-14 | 2020-03-03 | Motorola Solutions, Inc. | Systems and methods for enforcing device policies |
US10282229B2 (en) | 2016-06-28 | 2019-05-07 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Asynchronous task management in an on-demand network code execution environment |
US10102040B2 (en) | 2016-06-29 | 2018-10-16 | Amazon Technologies, Inc | Adjusting variable limit on concurrent code executions |
US10171445B2 (en) * | 2016-06-30 | 2019-01-01 | International Business Machines Corporation | Secure virtualized servers |
US10277708B2 (en) | 2016-06-30 | 2019-04-30 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | On-demand network code execution with cross-account aliases |
US10530803B1 (en) * | 2016-07-05 | 2020-01-07 | Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. | Secure online transactions |
US10241985B2 (en) * | 2016-08-02 | 2019-03-26 | Open Text Sa Ulc | Systems and methods for intelligent document-centric orchestration through information exchange platform |
US10607002B2 (en) | 2016-08-30 | 2020-03-31 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Isolating an application running inside a native container application |
US10884787B1 (en) | 2016-09-23 | 2021-01-05 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Execution guarantees in an on-demand network code execution system |
US11119813B1 (en) | 2016-09-30 | 2021-09-14 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Mapreduce implementation using an on-demand network code execution system |
US11398906B2 (en) | 2016-11-10 | 2022-07-26 | Brickell Cryptology Llc | Confirming receipt of audit records for audited use of a cryptographic key |
US10855465B2 (en) | 2016-11-10 | 2020-12-01 | Ernest Brickell | Audited use of a cryptographic key |
US10498712B2 (en) * | 2016-11-10 | 2019-12-03 | Ernest Brickell | Balancing public and personal security needs |
US11405201B2 (en) | 2016-11-10 | 2022-08-02 | Brickell Cryptology Llc | Secure transfer of protected application storage keys with change of trusted computing base |
USD838774S1 (en) * | 2016-11-18 | 2019-01-22 | International Business Machines Corporation | Training card |
US10761827B2 (en) * | 2016-11-30 | 2020-09-01 | Vmware, Inc. | WIN32 software distribution architecture |
US20180176256A1 (en) * | 2016-12-16 | 2018-06-21 | Futurewei Technologies, Inc. | Temporal Control and Access Control of Emails |
US10924459B2 (en) * | 2016-12-16 | 2021-02-16 | Futurewei Technologies, Inc. | Location control and access control of emails |
US10528746B2 (en) * | 2016-12-27 | 2020-01-07 | Intel Corporation | System, apparatus and method for trusted channel creation using execute-only code |
US10721624B2 (en) | 2017-02-17 | 2020-07-21 | Global Tel*Link Corporation | Security system for inmate wireless devices |
US10936331B2 (en) * | 2017-02-23 | 2021-03-02 | International Business Machines Corporation | Running a kernel-dependent application in a container |
US10331624B2 (en) | 2017-03-03 | 2019-06-25 | Transitive Innovation, Llc | Automated data classification system |
US20180253218A1 (en) * | 2017-03-03 | 2018-09-06 | Transitive Innovation, Llc | System and method for controlling the retention of data on computing devices according to user settings |
US20210209254A1 (en) * | 2017-03-24 | 2021-07-08 | Technologie Intelligente Llc | Rule-based control of communication devices |
US11880493B2 (en) | 2017-03-27 | 2024-01-23 | Global Tel*Link Corporation | Wearable devices in a controlled environment |
US11080041B1 (en) * | 2017-03-30 | 2021-08-03 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Operating system management for virtual workspaces |
US9892242B1 (en) | 2017-04-28 | 2018-02-13 | Global Tel*Link Corporation | Unified enterprise management of wireless devices in a controlled environment |
US10454761B2 (en) * | 2017-05-01 | 2019-10-22 | Vmware, Inc. | Migration of managed devices to utilize management platform features |
US10652245B2 (en) | 2017-05-04 | 2020-05-12 | Ernest Brickell | External accessibility for network devices |
US11343237B1 (en) | 2017-05-12 | 2022-05-24 | F5, Inc. | Methods for managing a federated identity environment using security and access control data and devices thereof |
FR3066668A1 (en) * | 2017-05-19 | 2018-11-23 | Orange | METHOD FOR MANAGING RESPONSE |
US10735423B2 (en) * | 2017-05-25 | 2020-08-04 | Michael Boodaei | User authentication and authorization system for a mobile application |
US10657239B2 (en) * | 2017-05-25 | 2020-05-19 | Oracle International Corporation | Limiting access to application features in cloud applications |
US10887130B2 (en) | 2017-06-15 | 2021-01-05 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Dynamic intelligent analytics VPN instantiation and/or aggregation employing secured access to the cloud network device |
US10353699B1 (en) | 2017-06-26 | 2019-07-16 | Palantir Technologies Inc. | Systems and methods for managing states of deployment |
US10909228B2 (en) | 2017-07-19 | 2021-02-02 | Box, Inc. | Server-side authentication policy determination for mobile applications |
US11128464B1 (en) * | 2017-08-24 | 2021-09-21 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Identity token for accessing computing resources |
US11120108B2 (en) * | 2017-09-30 | 2021-09-14 | Oracle International Corporation | Managing security artifacts for multilayered applications |
US10922307B2 (en) * | 2017-12-11 | 2021-02-16 | NextWorld, LLC | Automated transaction engine |
US10564946B1 (en) | 2017-12-13 | 2020-02-18 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Dependency handling in an on-demand network code execution system |
US20190215380A1 (en) * | 2018-01-09 | 2019-07-11 | Vmware, Inc. | Data driven user interfaces for device management |
US10841342B2 (en) * | 2018-01-09 | 2020-11-17 | Vmware, Inc. | Data driven user interfaces for device management |
US10893023B2 (en) * | 2018-01-12 | 2021-01-12 | Vmware, Inc. | Per-application VPN in container based environments |
EP3746921B1 (en) | 2018-02-02 | 2023-12-27 | Dover Microsystems, Inc. | Systems and methods for policy linking and/or loading for secure initialization |
KR102453740B1 (en) | 2018-02-02 | 2022-10-12 | 더 차레스 스타크 드레이퍼 래보레이토리, 인코포레이티드 | Systems and methods for policy enforcement processing |
US10831898B1 (en) | 2018-02-05 | 2020-11-10 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Detecting privilege escalations in code including cross-service calls |
US10353678B1 (en) | 2018-02-05 | 2019-07-16 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Detecting code characteristic alterations due to cross-service calls |
US10733085B1 (en) | 2018-02-05 | 2020-08-04 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Detecting impedance mismatches due to cross-service calls |
US10725752B1 (en) | 2018-02-13 | 2020-07-28 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Dependency handling in an on-demand network code execution system |
US10812276B2 (en) * | 2018-02-23 | 2020-10-20 | International Business Machines Corporation | Secure trust based distribution of digital certificates |
US10776091B1 (en) | 2018-02-26 | 2020-09-15 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Logging endpoint in an on-demand code execution system |
US11797398B2 (en) | 2018-04-30 | 2023-10-24 | Dover Microsystems, Inc. | Systems and methods for checking safety properties |
US10558454B2 (en) | 2018-06-04 | 2020-02-11 | Palantir Technologies Inc. | Constraint-based upgrade and deployment |
US10956543B2 (en) * | 2018-06-18 | 2021-03-23 | Oracle International Corporation | System and method for protecting online resources against guided username guessing attacks |
US10853115B2 (en) | 2018-06-25 | 2020-12-01 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Execution of auxiliary functions in an on-demand network code execution system |
US10649749B1 (en) | 2018-06-26 | 2020-05-12 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Cross-environment application of tracing information for improved code execution |
US11146569B1 (en) | 2018-06-28 | 2021-10-12 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Escalation-resistant secure network services using request-scoped authentication information |
US10949237B2 (en) | 2018-06-29 | 2021-03-16 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Operating system customization in an on-demand network code execution system |
GB2575667A (en) * | 2018-07-19 | 2020-01-22 | British Telecomm | Dynamic data encryption |
EP3811561B8 (en) | 2018-07-19 | 2022-02-16 | British Telecommunications public limited company | Dynamic data encryption |
US11099870B1 (en) | 2018-07-25 | 2021-08-24 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Reducing execution times in an on-demand network code execution system using saved machine states |
CN108920725B (en) * | 2018-08-02 | 2020-08-04 | 网宿科技股份有限公司 | Object storage method and object storage gateway |
US11153267B2 (en) * | 2018-09-13 | 2021-10-19 | Charter Communications Operating, Llc | Using dynamic host control protocol (DHCP) and a special file format to convey quality of service (QOS) and service information to customer equipment |
US11243953B2 (en) | 2018-09-27 | 2022-02-08 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Mapreduce implementation in an on-demand network code execution system and stream data processing system |
US11099917B2 (en) | 2018-09-27 | 2021-08-24 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Efficient state maintenance for execution environments in an on-demand code execution system |
US10862998B2 (en) * | 2018-11-06 | 2020-12-08 | Citrtix Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for managing downloads from an embedded browser |
EP3877874A1 (en) | 2018-11-06 | 2021-09-15 | Dover Microsystems, Inc. | Systems and methods for stalling host processor |
US10943018B2 (en) * | 2018-11-08 | 2021-03-09 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for screenshot mediation based on policy |
US12124566B2 (en) | 2018-11-12 | 2024-10-22 | Dover Microsystems, Inc. | Systems and methods for metadata encoding |
US11943093B1 (en) | 2018-11-20 | 2024-03-26 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Network connection recovery after virtual machine transition in an on-demand network code execution system |
CN109787957B (en) * | 2018-12-13 | 2023-02-10 | 平安普惠企业管理有限公司 | Configuration method of configuration file and related device |
US10884812B2 (en) | 2018-12-13 | 2021-01-05 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Performance-based hardware emulation in an on-demand network code execution system |
US11841956B2 (en) | 2018-12-18 | 2023-12-12 | Dover Microsystems, Inc. | Systems and methods for data lifecycle protection |
US11165871B2 (en) | 2019-02-01 | 2021-11-02 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Computer system providing context-based Software as a Service (SaaS) application session switching and related methods |
US11010188B1 (en) | 2019-02-05 | 2021-05-18 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Simulated data object storage using on-demand computation of data objects |
RU2746105C2 (en) | 2019-02-07 | 2021-04-07 | Акционерное общество "Лаборатория Касперского" | System and method of gateway configuration for automated systems protection |
RU2724796C1 (en) * | 2019-02-07 | 2020-06-25 | Акционерное общество "Лаборатория Касперского" | System and method of protecting automated systems using gateway |
US11016784B2 (en) | 2019-03-08 | 2021-05-25 | Palantir Technologies Inc. | Systems and methods for automated deployment and adaptation of configuration files at computing devices |
US11861386B1 (en) | 2019-03-22 | 2024-01-02 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Application gateways in an on-demand network code execution system |
US10862975B1 (en) | 2019-06-04 | 2020-12-08 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Computing system providing direct routing for desktop as a service (DaaS) sessions to a private network and related methods |
US11119809B1 (en) | 2019-06-20 | 2021-09-14 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Virtualization-based transaction handling in an on-demand network code execution system |
US11190609B2 (en) | 2019-06-28 | 2021-11-30 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Connection pooling for scalable network services |
US11115404B2 (en) | 2019-06-28 | 2021-09-07 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Facilitating service connections in serverless code executions |
US11159528B2 (en) | 2019-06-28 | 2021-10-26 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Authentication to network-services using hosted authentication information |
US11080411B2 (en) * | 2019-07-28 | 2021-08-03 | Bank Of America Corporation | Elastic virtual information access ecosystem |
US11784976B1 (en) | 2019-09-27 | 2023-10-10 | Aviatrix Systems, Inc. | System and method for secure data transfer |
US11394761B1 (en) | 2019-09-27 | 2022-07-19 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Execution of user-submitted code on a stream of data |
US11023416B2 (en) | 2019-09-27 | 2021-06-01 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Data access control system for object storage service based on owner-defined code |
US11416628B2 (en) | 2019-09-27 | 2022-08-16 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | User-specific data manipulation system for object storage service based on user-submitted code |
US11055112B2 (en) | 2019-09-27 | 2021-07-06 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Inserting executions of owner-specified code into input/output path of object storage service |
US11656892B1 (en) | 2019-09-27 | 2023-05-23 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Sequential execution of user-submitted code and native functions |
US11360948B2 (en) | 2019-09-27 | 2022-06-14 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Inserting owner-specified data processing pipelines into input/output path of object storage service |
US11263220B2 (en) | 2019-09-27 | 2022-03-01 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | On-demand execution of object transformation code in output path of object storage service |
US10908927B1 (en) | 2019-09-27 | 2021-02-02 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | On-demand execution of object filter code in output path of object storage service |
US11106477B2 (en) | 2019-09-27 | 2021-08-31 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Execution of owner-specified code during input/output path to object storage service |
US11550944B2 (en) | 2019-09-27 | 2023-01-10 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Code execution environment customization system for object storage service |
US11023311B2 (en) | 2019-09-27 | 2021-06-01 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | On-demand code execution in input path of data uploaded to storage service in multiple data portions |
US10996961B2 (en) | 2019-09-27 | 2021-05-04 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | On-demand indexing of data in input path of object storage service |
US11250007B1 (en) | 2019-09-27 | 2022-02-15 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | On-demand execution of object combination code in output path of object storage service |
US11386230B2 (en) | 2019-09-27 | 2022-07-12 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | On-demand code obfuscation of data in input path of object storage service |
US12079197B2 (en) | 2019-10-18 | 2024-09-03 | Dover Microsystems, Inc. | Systems and methods for updating metadata |
US10942795B1 (en) | 2019-11-27 | 2021-03-09 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Serverless call distribution to utilize reserved capacity without inhibiting scaling |
US11119826B2 (en) | 2019-11-27 | 2021-09-14 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Serverless call distribution to implement spillover while avoiding cold starts |
CN111209061B (en) * | 2019-12-27 | 2024-04-30 | 广东德诚科教有限公司 | User information filling method, device, computer equipment and storage medium |
US11588819B1 (en) * | 2020-01-30 | 2023-02-21 | Aviatrix Systems, Inc. | System and methods for controlling accessing and storing objects between on-prem data center and cloud |
US11523282B2 (en) * | 2020-02-05 | 2022-12-06 | Lookout Inc. | Use of geolocation to improve security while protecting privacy |
US11714682B1 (en) | 2020-03-03 | 2023-08-01 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Reclaiming computing resources in an on-demand code execution system |
US11188391B1 (en) | 2020-03-11 | 2021-11-30 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Allocating resources to on-demand code executions under scarcity conditions |
US11775640B1 (en) | 2020-03-30 | 2023-10-03 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Resource utilization-based malicious task detection in an on-demand code execution system |
JP2022547368A (en) | 2020-08-01 | 2022-11-14 | シトリックス・システムズ・インコーポレイテッド | desktop service system |
US20220060513A1 (en) * | 2020-08-21 | 2022-02-24 | Oracle Intenational Corporation | Centralized request processing and security zone policy enforcement in a cloud infrastructure system |
US11936522B2 (en) * | 2020-10-14 | 2024-03-19 | Connectify, Inc. | Selecting and operating an optimal virtual private network among multiple virtual private networks |
US20220159029A1 (en) * | 2020-11-13 | 2022-05-19 | Cyberark Software Ltd. | Detection of security risks based on secretless connection data |
US11593270B1 (en) | 2020-11-25 | 2023-02-28 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Fast distributed caching using erasure coded object parts |
US11550713B1 (en) | 2020-11-25 | 2023-01-10 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Garbage collection in distributed systems using life cycled storage roots |
US11755727B2 (en) | 2020-12-04 | 2023-09-12 | Bank Of America Corporation | Self-defending computing device |
US12124576B2 (en) | 2020-12-23 | 2024-10-22 | Dover Microsystems, Inc. | Systems and methods for policy violation processing |
CN113037621B (en) * | 2021-03-12 | 2022-08-02 | 云知声智能科技股份有限公司 | Edge gateway, edge gateway dynamic policy service implementation method, device and system |
US11909723B2 (en) * | 2021-06-15 | 2024-02-20 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Mobile VPN autostart through app-only management |
US11388210B1 (en) | 2021-06-30 | 2022-07-12 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Streaming analytics using a serverless compute system |
US20230012787A1 (en) * | 2021-07-19 | 2023-01-19 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Accessing internal network resources using application custom tab |
US12056474B2 (en) * | 2021-08-06 | 2024-08-06 | Airship Group, Inc. | In-application user interface messaging |
US11968280B1 (en) | 2021-11-24 | 2024-04-23 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Controlling ingestion of streaming data to serverless function executions |
US12015603B2 (en) | 2021-12-10 | 2024-06-18 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Multi-tenant mode for serverless code execution |
US12124833B2 (en) * | 2022-05-13 | 2024-10-22 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Techniques for managing offline identity upgrades |
Family Cites Families (513)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPH08263438A (en) | 1994-11-23 | 1996-10-11 | Xerox Corp | Distribution and use control system of digital work and access control method to digital work |
US5898830A (en) | 1996-10-17 | 1999-04-27 | Network Engineering Software | Firewall providing enhanced network security and user transparency |
US5805803A (en) | 1997-05-13 | 1998-09-08 | Digital Equipment Corporation | Secure web tunnel |
US6249866B1 (en) | 1997-09-16 | 2001-06-19 | Microsoft Corporation | Encrypting file system and method |
US6151606A (en) | 1998-01-16 | 2000-11-21 | Visto Corporation | System and method for using a workspace data manager to access, manipulate and synchronize network data |
US6154172A (en) | 1998-03-31 | 2000-11-28 | Piccionelli; Gregory A. | System and process for limiting distribution of information on a communication network based on geographic location |
US6219694B1 (en) | 1998-05-29 | 2001-04-17 | Research In Motion Limited | System and method for pushing information from a host system to a mobile data communication device having a shared electronic address |
US6480096B1 (en) | 1998-07-08 | 2002-11-12 | Motorola, Inc. | Method and apparatus for theft deterrence and secure data retrieval in a communication device |
US6158010A (en) | 1998-10-28 | 2000-12-05 | Crosslogix, Inc. | System and method for maintaining security in a distributed computer network |
US7140005B2 (en) | 1998-12-21 | 2006-11-21 | Intel Corporation | Method and apparatus to test an instruction sequence |
US7130831B2 (en) | 1999-02-08 | 2006-10-31 | Copyright Clearance Center, Inc. | Limited-use browser and security system |
US6609198B1 (en) | 1999-08-05 | 2003-08-19 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | Log-on service providing credential level change without loss of session continuity |
US6356933B2 (en) | 1999-09-07 | 2002-03-12 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for efficiently transmitting interactive application data between a client and a server using markup language |
GB2354350B (en) | 1999-09-17 | 2004-03-24 | Mitel Corp | Policy representations and mechanisms for the control of software |
US20030236861A1 (en) | 2000-03-03 | 2003-12-25 | Johnson Scott C. | Network content delivery system with peer to peer processing components |
JP4348818B2 (en) | 2000-03-10 | 2009-10-21 | ソニー株式会社 | Data distribution system and method, and data recording medium |
US6859879B2 (en) | 2000-05-26 | 2005-02-22 | International Business Machine Corporation | Method and system for secure pervasive access |
US7065652B1 (en) | 2000-06-21 | 2006-06-20 | Aladdin Knowledge Systems, Ltd. | System for obfuscating computer code upon disassembly |
GB2366691B (en) | 2000-08-31 | 2002-11-06 | F Secure Oyj | Wireless device management |
US7689510B2 (en) | 2000-09-07 | 2010-03-30 | Sonic Solutions | Methods and system for use in network management of content |
US6883098B1 (en) | 2000-09-20 | 2005-04-19 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method and computer system for controlling access by applications to this and other computer systems |
US20020112047A1 (en) | 2000-12-05 | 2002-08-15 | Rakesh Kushwaha | System and method for wireless data terminal management using general packet radio service network |
US20080214300A1 (en) | 2000-12-07 | 2008-09-04 | Igt | Methods for electronic data security and program authentication |
US7904468B2 (en) | 2008-02-27 | 2011-03-08 | Research In Motion Limited | Method and software for facilitating interaction with a personal information manager application at a wireless communication device |
WO2002057943A1 (en) | 2001-01-18 | 2002-07-25 | Yahoo! Inc. | Method and system for managing digital content, including streaming media |
US6732278B2 (en) | 2001-02-12 | 2004-05-04 | Baird, Iii Leemon C. | Apparatus and method for authenticating access to a network resource |
US7437429B2 (en) | 2001-02-13 | 2008-10-14 | Microsoft Corporation | System and method for providing transparent access to distributed authoring and versioning files including encrypted files |
US7502861B1 (en) | 2001-02-16 | 2009-03-10 | Swsoft Holding, Ltd. | System and method for providing services for offline servers using the same network address |
US20020120607A1 (en) | 2001-02-28 | 2002-08-29 | Lumenati, Inc. | File sharing system for serving content from a computer |
US20030028597A1 (en) | 2001-03-14 | 2003-02-06 | Matti Salmi | Separation of instant messaging user and client identities |
US7302571B2 (en) | 2001-04-12 | 2007-11-27 | The Regents Of The University Of Michigan | Method and system to maintain portable computer data secure and authentication token for use therein |
US20050198379A1 (en) | 2001-06-13 | 2005-09-08 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Automatically reconnecting a client across reliable and persistent communication sessions |
JP3861625B2 (en) | 2001-06-13 | 2006-12-20 | ソニー株式会社 | Data transfer system, data transfer device, recording device, and data transfer method |
US6621766B2 (en) | 2001-08-01 | 2003-09-16 | Fossil, Inc. | Flexible timepiece in multiple environments |
US8218829B2 (en) | 2001-08-20 | 2012-07-10 | Polycom, Inc. | System and method for using biometrics technology in conferencing |
WO2003019973A2 (en) | 2001-08-29 | 2003-03-06 | Research In Motion Limited | System and method for addressing a mobile device in an ip-based wireless network |
US8560709B1 (en) | 2004-02-25 | 2013-10-15 | F5 Networks, Inc. | System and method for dynamic policy based access over a virtual private network |
US7143443B2 (en) | 2001-10-01 | 2006-11-28 | Ntt Docomo, Inc. | Secure sharing of personal devices among different users |
US7631084B2 (en) | 2001-11-02 | 2009-12-08 | Juniper Networks, Inc. | Method and system for providing secure access to private networks with client redirection |
US7159120B2 (en) | 2001-11-19 | 2007-01-02 | Good Technology, Inc. | Method and system for protecting data within portable electronic devices |
US20030103075A1 (en) | 2001-12-03 | 2003-06-05 | Rosselot Robert Charles | System and method for control of conference facilities and equipment |
US7950066B1 (en) | 2001-12-21 | 2011-05-24 | Guardian Data Storage, Llc | Method and system for restricting use of a clipboard application |
WO2003060671A2 (en) | 2002-01-04 | 2003-07-24 | Lab 7 Networks, Inc. | Communication security system |
US7873985B2 (en) | 2002-01-08 | 2011-01-18 | Verizon Services Corp. | IP based security applications using location, port and/or device identifier information |
JP2003202929A (en) | 2002-01-08 | 2003-07-18 | Ntt Docomo Inc | Distribution method and distribution system |
JP2005515664A (en) | 2002-01-08 | 2005-05-26 | セブン ネットワークス, インコーポレイテッド | Secure transmission for mobile communication networks |
US20030188193A1 (en) | 2002-03-28 | 2003-10-02 | International Business Machines Corporation | Single sign on for kerberos authentication |
JP2003296210A (en) | 2002-04-03 | 2003-10-17 | Japan Research Institute Ltd | Method and device for generating profile setting file |
US6950825B2 (en) | 2002-05-30 | 2005-09-27 | International Business Machines Corporation | Fine grained role-based access to system resources |
EP1525522A2 (en) | 2002-06-06 | 2005-04-27 | Green Border Technologies | Method and system for implementing a secure application execution environment using derived user accounts for internet content |
US6946715B2 (en) | 2003-02-19 | 2005-09-20 | Micron Technology, Inc. | CMOS image sensor and method of fabrication |
EP2375336B1 (en) | 2002-08-09 | 2013-06-26 | Good Technology Corporation | System and method for preventing access to data on a compromised remote device |
US7665125B2 (en) | 2002-09-23 | 2010-02-16 | Heard Robert W | System and method for distribution of security policies for mobile devices |
US7437752B2 (en) | 2002-09-23 | 2008-10-14 | Credant Technologies, Inc. | Client architecture for portable device with security policies |
US7665118B2 (en) * | 2002-09-23 | 2010-02-16 | Credant Technologies, Inc. | Server, computer memory, and method to support security policy maintenance and distribution |
US7536562B2 (en) | 2002-10-17 | 2009-05-19 | Research In Motion Limited | System and method of security function activation for a mobile electronic device |
FR2847752B1 (en) | 2002-11-27 | 2006-01-13 | At & T Corp | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING THE EXCHANGE OF FILES ATTACHED TO E-MAIL |
US7254831B2 (en) | 2002-12-04 | 2007-08-07 | Microsoft Corporation | Sharing a sign-in among software applications having secured features |
US8332464B2 (en) | 2002-12-13 | 2012-12-11 | Anxebusiness Corp. | System and method for remote network access |
US9237514B2 (en) | 2003-02-28 | 2016-01-12 | Apple Inc. | System and method for filtering access points presented to a user and locking onto an access point |
US7353533B2 (en) * | 2002-12-18 | 2008-04-01 | Novell, Inc. | Administration of protection of data accessible by a mobile device |
US7526800B2 (en) * | 2003-02-28 | 2009-04-28 | Novell, Inc. | Administration of protection of data accessible by a mobile device |
US7917468B2 (en) | 2005-08-01 | 2011-03-29 | Seven Networks, Inc. | Linking of personal information management data |
EP1586998A4 (en) | 2003-01-20 | 2008-07-30 | Fujitsu Ltd | Copy prevention apparatus, copy prevention method, and program for causing computer to execute the method |
JP3928561B2 (en) | 2003-01-23 | 2007-06-13 | ソニー株式会社 | Content distribution system, information processing apparatus or information processing method, and computer program |
US8020192B2 (en) | 2003-02-28 | 2011-09-13 | Michael Wright | Administration of protection of data accessible by a mobile device |
US9197668B2 (en) | 2003-02-28 | 2015-11-24 | Novell, Inc. | Access control to files based on source information |
US7779408B1 (en) | 2003-03-24 | 2010-08-17 | Sprint Spectrum L.P. | Method and system for downloading and managing portable applications on a mobile device |
WO2004107646A1 (en) | 2003-05-14 | 2004-12-09 | Threatguard, Inc. | System and method for application-level virtual private network |
US7543051B2 (en) | 2003-05-30 | 2009-06-02 | Borland Software Corporation | Method of non-intrusive analysis of secure and non-secure web application traffic in real-time |
AU2003903501A0 (en) * | 2003-07-07 | 2003-07-24 | Commonwealth Scientific And Industrial Research Organisation | A method of forming a reflective authentication device |
US20050027862A1 (en) | 2003-07-18 | 2005-02-03 | Nguyen Tien Le | System and methods of cooperatively load-balancing clustered servers |
US7089594B2 (en) | 2003-07-21 | 2006-08-08 | July Systems, Inc. | Application rights management in a mobile environment |
US7574707B2 (en) | 2003-07-28 | 2009-08-11 | Sap Ag | Install-run-remove mechanism |
US7349913B2 (en) | 2003-08-21 | 2008-03-25 | Microsoft Corporation | Storage platform for organizing, searching, and sharing data |
SE527561C2 (en) | 2003-09-12 | 2006-04-11 | Secured Email Goeteborg Ab | Electronic mail transmission method in internet environment, involves storing seed for key generation provided from sender's terminal, in receiver's terminal |
US20050076085A1 (en) | 2003-09-18 | 2005-04-07 | Vulcan Portals Inc. | Method and system for managing email attachments for an electronic device |
US7492472B2 (en) | 2003-10-30 | 2009-02-17 | Xerox Corporation | Multimedia communications/collaboration hub |
US8483227B2 (en) | 2003-11-20 | 2013-07-09 | International Business Machines Corporation | Controlling bandwidth reservations method and apparatus |
US7415498B2 (en) | 2003-12-10 | 2008-08-19 | International Business Machines Corporation | Time limited collaborative community role delegation policy |
WO2005064882A2 (en) | 2003-12-29 | 2005-07-14 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Apparatuses and method for single sign-on access to a service network through an access network |
US20050172241A1 (en) | 2004-01-08 | 2005-08-04 | International Business Machines Corporation | System and method for improved direct system clipboard |
US7269605B1 (en) | 2004-02-13 | 2007-09-11 | Avidian Technologies | Personal information manager data synchronization and augmentation |
JP4665406B2 (en) | 2004-02-23 | 2011-04-06 | 日本電気株式会社 | Access control management method, access control management system, and terminal device with access control management function |
US7720461B2 (en) | 2004-02-26 | 2010-05-18 | Research In Motion Limited | Mobile communications device with security features |
US20050193222A1 (en) | 2004-03-01 | 2005-09-01 | Greene William S. | Providing secure data and policy exchange between domains in a multi-domain grid by use of a service ecosystem facilitating uses such as supply-chain integration with RIFD tagged items and barcodes |
US7599991B2 (en) | 2004-03-10 | 2009-10-06 | Microsoft Corporation | Rules interface for implementing message rules on a mobile computing device |
US7549048B2 (en) * | 2004-03-19 | 2009-06-16 | Microsoft Corporation | Efficient and secure authentication of computing systems |
US7509672B1 (en) | 2004-04-01 | 2009-03-24 | Compuware Corporation | Cross-platform single sign-on data sharing |
JP4465387B2 (en) | 2004-04-30 | 2010-05-19 | リサーチ イン モーション リミテッド | System and method for processing data transmission |
US7487353B2 (en) | 2004-05-20 | 2009-02-03 | International Business Machines Corporation | System, method and program for protecting communication |
US7492946B2 (en) | 2004-05-24 | 2009-02-17 | Michael James Elder | System, method and computer program for an integrated digital workflow for processing a paper form |
US7631360B2 (en) | 2004-06-12 | 2009-12-08 | Microsoft Corporation | Hardware protection |
US20060080432A1 (en) | 2004-09-03 | 2006-04-13 | Spataro Jared M | Systems and methods for collaboration |
EP1817686A4 (en) | 2004-09-13 | 2007-12-05 | Research In Motion Ltd | Enabling category-based filtering |
US8839090B2 (en) | 2004-09-16 | 2014-09-16 | International Business Machines Corporation | System and method to capture and manage input values for automatic form fill |
US8463946B2 (en) | 2004-09-17 | 2013-06-11 | Caterpillar Inc. | Method for automatic radio operational mode selection |
DE102004045147A1 (en) | 2004-09-17 | 2006-03-23 | Fujitsu Ltd., Kawasaki | A setting information distribution apparatus, method, program and medium, authentication setting transfer apparatus, method, program and medium, and setting information receiving program |
US7949706B2 (en) | 2004-09-24 | 2011-05-24 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Automatic electronic publishing |
US7984192B2 (en) | 2004-09-27 | 2011-07-19 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | System and method for assigning unique identifiers to each remote display protocol session established via an intermediary device |
JP2006094258A (en) | 2004-09-27 | 2006-04-06 | Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt> | Terminal device, its policy forcing method, and its program |
US7721328B2 (en) | 2004-10-01 | 2010-05-18 | Salesforce.Com Inc. | Application identity design |
US7496954B1 (en) | 2004-11-22 | 2009-02-24 | Sprint Communications Company L.P. | Single sign-on system and method |
US20060085826A1 (en) | 2004-10-18 | 2006-04-20 | Funk James M | Aggregated program guide for download and view video on demand service |
US20090228714A1 (en) | 2004-11-18 | 2009-09-10 | Biogy, Inc. | Secure mobile device with online vault |
US20060112428A1 (en) | 2004-11-23 | 2006-05-25 | Nokia Corporation | Device having a locking feature and a method, means and software for utilizing the feature |
US8478849B2 (en) | 2004-12-07 | 2013-07-02 | Pure Networks LLC. | Network administration tool |
US7900201B1 (en) | 2004-12-21 | 2011-03-01 | Zenprise, Inc. | Automated remedying of problems in software application deployments |
US20060141985A1 (en) | 2004-12-23 | 2006-06-29 | Motorola, Inc. | Dynamic management for interface access permissions |
US7562226B2 (en) | 2005-01-14 | 2009-07-14 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | System and method for permission-based access using a shared account |
US7788535B2 (en) | 2005-01-28 | 2010-08-31 | Nxp B.V. | Means and method for debugging |
US20060185004A1 (en) | 2005-02-11 | 2006-08-17 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and system for single sign-on in a network |
EP1866789B8 (en) | 2005-02-28 | 2020-04-15 | McAfee, LLC | Mobile data security system and methods |
US7844958B2 (en) | 2005-03-11 | 2010-11-30 | Aptana, Inc. | System and method for creating target byte code |
US8214887B2 (en) | 2005-03-20 | 2012-07-03 | Actividentity (Australia) Pty Ltd. | Method and system for providing user access to a secure application |
US7697737B2 (en) | 2005-03-25 | 2010-04-13 | Northrop Grumman Systems Corporation | Method and system for providing fingerprint enabled wireless add-on for personal identification number (PIN) accessible smartcards |
US7472375B2 (en) | 2005-03-29 | 2008-12-30 | Intel Corporation | Creating managed code from native code |
US7571475B2 (en) | 2005-04-05 | 2009-08-04 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Method and electronic device for triggering zeroization in an electronic device |
US7631297B2 (en) | 2005-04-05 | 2009-12-08 | International Business Machines Corporation | Autonomic computing: management agent utilizing action policy for operation |
US7490352B2 (en) | 2005-04-07 | 2009-02-10 | Microsoft Corporation | Systems and methods for verifying trust of executable files |
US20060248577A1 (en) | 2005-04-29 | 2006-11-02 | International Business Machines Corporation | Using SSO processes to manage security credentials in a provisioning management system |
US20070056043A1 (en) | 2005-05-19 | 2007-03-08 | Richard Onyon | Remote cell phone auto destruct |
US20070024646A1 (en) | 2005-05-23 | 2007-02-01 | Kalle Saarinen | Portable electronic apparatus and associated method |
US7970386B2 (en) | 2005-06-03 | 2011-06-28 | Good Technology, Inc. | System and method for monitoring and maintaining a wireless device |
FR2886801B1 (en) | 2005-06-07 | 2007-08-03 | Alcatel Sa | NETWORK EQUIPMENT FOR PROVIDING MULTI-MODE MOBILE DATA TERMINALS NECESSARY FOR THE AUTOMATIC SELECTION OF RADIO ACCESS NETWORK INTERFACES DURING SERVICE SESSIONS |
US7565689B2 (en) * | 2005-06-08 | 2009-07-21 | Research In Motion Limited | Virtual private network for real-time data |
US8495244B2 (en) | 2005-06-29 | 2013-07-23 | Jumpstart Wireless Corporation | System and method for dynamic automatic communication path selection, distributed device synchronization and task delegation |
US7529923B2 (en) | 2005-06-30 | 2009-05-05 | Intel Corporation | Operating system mode transfer |
WO2007029116A2 (en) | 2005-07-01 | 2007-03-15 | 0733660 B.C. Ltd. Dba E-Mail2, Inc. | Electronic mail messaging system |
US20070011749A1 (en) | 2005-07-11 | 2007-01-11 | Simdesk Technologies | Secure clipboard function |
US20070016771A1 (en) | 2005-07-11 | 2007-01-18 | Simdesk Technologies, Inc. | Maintaining security for file copy operations |
US20070016907A1 (en) | 2005-07-12 | 2007-01-18 | Fabio Benedetti | Method, system and computer program for automatic provisioning of resources to scheduled jobs |
US9614964B2 (en) | 2005-08-19 | 2017-04-04 | Nextstep, Inc. | Consumer electronic registration, control and support concierge device and method |
US9864628B2 (en) | 2005-08-23 | 2018-01-09 | Blackberry Limited | Method and system for transferring an application state from a first electronic device to a second electronic device |
US20070049297A1 (en) | 2005-08-29 | 2007-03-01 | Janakiraman Gopalan | System and method for locating mobile devices through a direct-connection protocol |
US20070283324A1 (en) | 2005-08-30 | 2007-12-06 | Geisinger Nile J | System and method for creating programs that comprise several execution layers |
US7779458B1 (en) | 2005-09-20 | 2010-08-17 | Rockwell Collins, Inc. | Situation aware mobile location ad hoc firewall |
US20070072598A1 (en) | 2005-09-23 | 2007-03-29 | Coleman David T | Controlling wireless communication devices with media recording capabilities |
US20070074033A1 (en) | 2005-09-29 | 2007-03-29 | Research In Motion Limited | Account management in a system and method for providing code signing services |
US7870493B2 (en) | 2005-10-03 | 2011-01-11 | Microsoft Corporation | Distributed clipboard |
US8037421B2 (en) | 2005-10-11 | 2011-10-11 | Research In Motion Limited | System and method for organizing application indicators on an electronic device |
US7437755B2 (en) | 2005-10-26 | 2008-10-14 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Unified network and physical premises access control server |
US20070100938A1 (en) | 2005-10-27 | 2007-05-03 | Bagley Elizabeth V | Participant-centered orchestration/timing of presentations in collaborative environments |
WO2007053848A1 (en) * | 2005-11-01 | 2007-05-10 | Mobile Armor, Llc | Centralized dynamic security control for a mobile device network |
CN101356812A (en) | 2005-11-08 | 2009-01-28 | 夏普株式会社 | Communication apparatus, communication method, communication system, program, and computer readable recording medium |
US20070109983A1 (en) | 2005-11-11 | 2007-05-17 | Computer Associates Think, Inc. | Method and System for Managing Access to a Wireless Network |
US20070248085A1 (en) | 2005-11-12 | 2007-10-25 | Cranite Systems | Method and apparatus for managing hardware address resolution |
US8045958B2 (en) | 2005-11-21 | 2011-10-25 | Research In Motion Limited | System and method for application program operation on a wireless device |
US20070136471A1 (en) | 2005-12-12 | 2007-06-14 | Ip3 Networks | Systems and methods for negotiating and enforcing access to network resources |
GB2433794B (en) * | 2005-12-21 | 2010-08-18 | Advanced Risc Mach Ltd | Interrupt controller utiilising programmable priority values |
CN101351804A (en) | 2005-12-26 | 2009-01-21 | 皇家飞利浦电子股份有限公司 | Method and apparatus for managing entitlement |
US7716240B2 (en) | 2005-12-29 | 2010-05-11 | Nextlabs, Inc. | Techniques and system to deploy policies intelligently |
US8621549B2 (en) | 2005-12-29 | 2013-12-31 | Nextlabs, Inc. | Enforcing control policies in an information management system |
EP1967026A2 (en) | 2005-12-30 | 2008-09-10 | Telecom Italia S.p.A. | Method for customizing the operation of a telephonic terminal |
US20070204166A1 (en) | 2006-01-04 | 2007-08-30 | Tome Agustin J | Trusted host platform |
US20070174429A1 (en) | 2006-01-24 | 2007-07-26 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Methods and servers for establishing a connection between a client system and a virtual machine hosting a requested computing environment |
WO2007089503A2 (en) | 2006-01-26 | 2007-08-09 | Imprivata, Inc. | Systems and methods for multi-factor authentication |
US8132242B1 (en) * | 2006-02-13 | 2012-03-06 | Juniper Networks, Inc. | Automated authentication of software applications using a limited-use token |
US7664865B2 (en) | 2006-02-15 | 2010-02-16 | Microsoft Corporation | Securely hosting a webbrowser control in a managed code environment |
US8676973B2 (en) | 2006-03-07 | 2014-03-18 | Novell Intellectual Property Holdings, Inc. | Light-weight multi-user browser |
US7725922B2 (en) | 2006-03-21 | 2010-05-25 | Novell, Inc. | System and method for using sandboxes in a managed shell |
US20070226225A1 (en) | 2006-03-22 | 2007-09-27 | Yiu Timothy C | Mobile collaboration and communication system |
US20070226034A1 (en) | 2006-03-23 | 2007-09-27 | Kyocera Wireless Corp. | Wireless communication device meeting scheduler |
US7774323B2 (en) | 2006-03-27 | 2010-08-10 | Sap Portals Israel Ltd. | Method and apparatus for delivering managed applications to remote locations |
US8413209B2 (en) | 2006-03-27 | 2013-04-02 | Telecom Italia S.P.A. | System for enforcing security policies on mobile communications devices |
WO2007113709A1 (en) | 2006-03-30 | 2007-10-11 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Method and apparatus for assigning an application to a security restriction |
US9112897B2 (en) | 2006-03-30 | 2015-08-18 | Advanced Network Technology Laboratories Pte Ltd. | System and method for securing a network session |
WO2007117582A2 (en) | 2006-04-06 | 2007-10-18 | Smobile Systems Inc. | Malware detection system and method for mobile platforms |
US8151323B2 (en) | 2006-04-12 | 2012-04-03 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for providing levels of access and action control via an SSL VPN appliance |
US8181010B1 (en) | 2006-04-17 | 2012-05-15 | Oracle America, Inc. | Distributed authentication user interface system |
US20070261099A1 (en) | 2006-05-02 | 2007-11-08 | Broussard Scott J | Confidential content reporting system and method with electronic mail verification functionality |
US8700772B2 (en) | 2006-05-03 | 2014-04-15 | Cloud Systems, Inc. | System and method for automating the management, routing, and control of multiple devices and inter-device connections |
US8085891B2 (en) | 2006-05-29 | 2011-12-27 | Research In Motion Limited | System and method for management of mobile device communication |
US20080046580A1 (en) | 2006-06-29 | 2008-02-21 | Nokia Corporation | Account creation system and call processing system |
US20080027982A1 (en) | 2006-07-27 | 2008-01-31 | Ebay Inc. | Indefinite caching expiration techniques |
JP2008033751A (en) | 2006-07-31 | 2008-02-14 | Ziosoft Inc | Update method and update system |
US8272048B2 (en) | 2006-08-04 | 2012-09-18 | Apple Inc. | Restriction of program process capabilities |
US8341747B2 (en) | 2006-08-08 | 2012-12-25 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method to provide a secure virtual machine launcher |
US8234704B2 (en) | 2006-08-14 | 2012-07-31 | Quantum Security, Inc. | Physical access control and security monitoring system utilizing a normalized data format |
WO2008021514A2 (en) | 2006-08-17 | 2008-02-21 | Neustar, Inc. | System and method for managing domain policy for interconnected communication networks |
US8903365B2 (en) | 2006-08-18 | 2014-12-02 | Ca, Inc. | Mobile device management |
US20080047006A1 (en) | 2006-08-21 | 2008-02-21 | Pantech Co., Ltd. | Method for registering rights issuer and domain authority in digital rights management and method for implementing secure content exchange functions using the same |
US8010995B2 (en) | 2006-09-08 | 2011-08-30 | International Business Machines Corporation | Methods, systems, and computer program products for implementing inter-process integrity serialization |
US8245285B1 (en) | 2006-09-22 | 2012-08-14 | Oracle America, Inc. | Transport-level web application security on a resource-constrained device |
US8327427B2 (en) | 2006-09-25 | 2012-12-04 | Rockstar Consortium Us Lp | System and method for transparent single sign-on |
JP4959282B2 (en) | 2006-10-13 | 2012-06-20 | 中国電力株式会社 | Application operation control system and application operation control method |
US9135444B2 (en) | 2006-10-19 | 2015-09-15 | Novell, Inc. | Trusted platform module (TPM) assisted data center management |
US8259568B2 (en) * | 2006-10-23 | 2012-09-04 | Mcafee, Inc. | System and method for controlling mobile device access to a network |
CN101170401B (en) | 2006-10-27 | 2011-02-02 | 鸿富锦精密工业(深圳)有限公司 | Email encryption/decryption system and its method |
US8126128B1 (en) | 2006-11-01 | 2012-02-28 | At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp | Life cycle management of user-selected applications on wireless communications devices |
US8095786B1 (en) | 2006-11-09 | 2012-01-10 | Juniper Networks, Inc. | Application-specific network-layer virtual private network connections |
US8281299B2 (en) | 2006-11-10 | 2012-10-02 | Purdue Research Foundation | Map-closure: a general purpose mechanism for nonstandard interpretation |
US8365258B2 (en) | 2006-11-16 | 2013-01-29 | Phonefactor, Inc. | Multi factor authentication |
US20080141335A1 (en) | 2006-12-08 | 2008-06-12 | Novell, Inc. | Provisioning software with policy-appropriate capabilities |
US9124650B2 (en) | 2006-12-13 | 2015-09-01 | Quickplay Media Inc. | Digital rights management in a mobile environment |
JP5070835B2 (en) | 2006-12-26 | 2012-11-14 | 日本電気株式会社 | Function limiting method for portable terminal and portable terminal |
US8869189B2 (en) | 2006-12-29 | 2014-10-21 | Echostar Technologies L.L.C. | Controlling access to content and/or services |
CA2578472C (en) | 2007-01-12 | 2013-01-15 | Truecontext Corporation | Methods and system for orchestrating services and data sharing on mobile devices |
JP5133973B2 (en) | 2007-01-18 | 2013-01-30 | パナソニック株式会社 | Obfuscation support device, obfuscation support method, program, and integrated circuit |
CA2676289C (en) * | 2007-01-19 | 2018-01-02 | Research In Motion Limited | Selectively wiping a remote device |
US8214451B2 (en) | 2007-01-19 | 2012-07-03 | Alcatel Lucent | Network service version management |
US8909702B2 (en) | 2007-01-29 | 2014-12-09 | Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. | System and method for coordination of devices in a presentation environment |
US7644377B1 (en) | 2007-01-31 | 2010-01-05 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Generating a configuration of a system that satisfies constraints contained in models |
US8132233B2 (en) | 2007-02-05 | 2012-03-06 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Dynamic network access control method and apparatus |
US8250045B2 (en) | 2007-02-07 | 2012-08-21 | International Business Machines Corporation | Non-invasive usage tracking, access control, policy enforcement, audit logging, and user action automation on software applications |
US8074227B2 (en) | 2007-02-08 | 2011-12-06 | Microsoft Corporation | Utilizing a first managed process to host at least a second managed process |
US8095517B2 (en) | 2007-02-08 | 2012-01-10 | Blue Coat Systems, Inc. | Method and system for policy-based protection of application data |
US7761523B2 (en) | 2007-02-09 | 2010-07-20 | Research In Motion Limited | Schedulable e-mail filters |
US8126506B2 (en) | 2007-02-14 | 2012-02-28 | Nuance Communications, Inc. | System and method for securely managing data stored on mobile devices, such as enterprise mobility data |
US8689334B2 (en) | 2007-02-28 | 2014-04-01 | Alcatel Lucent | Security protection for a customer programmable platform |
US20080229117A1 (en) | 2007-03-07 | 2008-09-18 | Shin Kang G | Apparatus for preventing digital piracy |
JP4973246B2 (en) | 2007-03-09 | 2012-07-11 | 日本電気株式会社 | Access right management system, server, and access right management program |
WO2008114256A2 (en) | 2007-03-22 | 2008-09-25 | Neocleus Ltd. | Trusted local single sign-on |
CN101281461B (en) | 2007-04-04 | 2012-07-04 | 国际商业机器公司 | Method and device for transfer applying dependent system environment |
WO2008134702A2 (en) | 2007-04-30 | 2008-11-06 | Handipoints, Inc. | Systems and methods of managing tasks assigned to an individual |
US10019570B2 (en) | 2007-06-14 | 2018-07-10 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Protection and communication abstractions for web browsers |
US20080313257A1 (en) | 2007-06-15 | 2008-12-18 | Allen James D | Method and Apparatus for Policy-Based Transfer of an Application Environment |
US8463253B2 (en) | 2007-06-21 | 2013-06-11 | Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. | Flexible lifestyle portable communications device |
US8027518B2 (en) | 2007-06-25 | 2011-09-27 | Microsoft Corporation | Automatic configuration of devices based on biometric data |
US20090006232A1 (en) | 2007-06-29 | 2009-01-01 | Gallagher Ken A | Secure computer and internet transaction software and hardware and uses thereof |
US9270682B2 (en) | 2007-07-27 | 2016-02-23 | Blackberry Limited | Administration of policies for wireless devices in a wireless communication system |
US8005922B2 (en) | 2007-07-27 | 2011-08-23 | Research In Motion Limited | Remote control in a wireless communication system |
US7895409B2 (en) | 2007-07-30 | 2011-02-22 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Application inspection tool for determining a security partition |
US8060074B2 (en) | 2007-07-30 | 2011-11-15 | Mobile Iron, Inc. | Virtual instance architecture for mobile device management systems |
EP2188730A4 (en) * | 2007-08-08 | 2014-09-17 | Innopath Software Inc | Managing and enforcing policies on mobile devices |
US20090049425A1 (en) | 2007-08-14 | 2009-02-19 | Aladdin Knowledge Systems Ltd. | Code Obfuscation By Reference Linking |
US8306509B2 (en) | 2007-08-31 | 2012-11-06 | At&T Mobility Ii Llc | Enhanced messaging with language translation feature |
US20090077638A1 (en) | 2007-09-17 | 2009-03-19 | Novell, Inc. | Setting and synching preferred credentials in a disparate credential store environment |
US8554176B2 (en) | 2007-09-18 | 2013-10-08 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for creating a remotely activated secure backup service for mobile handsets |
US8001278B2 (en) | 2007-09-28 | 2011-08-16 | Intel Corporation | Network packet payload compression |
KR100946824B1 (en) | 2007-10-31 | 2010-03-09 | (주)피엑스디 | Digital broadcast widget system and method of displying widget |
HUE036213T2 (en) | 2007-11-02 | 2018-06-28 | Qualcomm Inc | Configurable system event and resource arbitration management |
US8659427B2 (en) | 2007-11-09 | 2014-02-25 | Proxense, Llc | Proximity-sensor supporting multiple application services |
US20090228963A1 (en) | 2007-11-26 | 2009-09-10 | Nortel Networks Limited | Context-based network security |
US8601562B2 (en) | 2007-12-10 | 2013-12-03 | Courion Corporation | Policy enforcement using ESSO |
US8060596B1 (en) | 2007-12-26 | 2011-11-15 | Symantec Corporation | Methods and systems for normalizing data loss prevention categorization information |
US8453198B2 (en) | 2007-12-27 | 2013-05-28 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Policy based, delegated limited network access management |
US8538376B2 (en) | 2007-12-28 | 2013-09-17 | Apple Inc. | Event-based modes for electronic devices |
US20090171906A1 (en) | 2008-01-02 | 2009-07-02 | Research In Motion Limited | System and method for providing information relating to an email being provided to an electronic device |
US20090199277A1 (en) | 2008-01-31 | 2009-08-06 | Norman James M | Credential arrangement in single-sign-on environment |
US20090199178A1 (en) | 2008-02-01 | 2009-08-06 | Microsoft Corporation | Virtual Application Management |
AU2009214668A1 (en) | 2008-02-15 | 2009-08-20 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for secure handling of secure attention sequences |
US20090222880A1 (en) | 2008-03-03 | 2009-09-03 | Tresys Technology, Llc | Configurable access control security for virtualization |
US8078713B1 (en) | 2008-03-05 | 2011-12-13 | Full Armor Corporation | Delivering policy settings with virtualized applications |
US8607304B2 (en) | 2008-03-07 | 2013-12-10 | At&T Mobility Ii Llc | System and method for policy-enabled mobile service gateway |
US20130254660A1 (en) | 2008-03-13 | 2013-09-26 | Robb Fujioka | Tablet computer |
US9747141B2 (en) | 2008-03-25 | 2017-08-29 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Apparatus and methods for widget intercommunication in a wireless communication environment |
US8418238B2 (en) | 2008-03-30 | 2013-04-09 | Symplified, Inc. | System, method, and apparatus for managing access to resources across a network |
US9576157B2 (en) | 2008-04-02 | 2017-02-21 | Yougetitback Limited | Method for mitigating the unauthorized use of a device |
US7966652B2 (en) | 2008-04-07 | 2011-06-21 | Safemashups Inc. | Mashauth: using mashssl for efficient delegated authentication |
CN101572678B (en) | 2008-04-30 | 2012-09-19 | 北京明朝万达科技有限公司 | Mail attachment transparent privacy control method |
WO2009135301A1 (en) * | 2008-05-07 | 2009-11-12 | Chalk Media Service Corp. | Method for enabling bandwidth management for mobile content delivery |
US8549657B2 (en) | 2008-05-12 | 2013-10-01 | Microsoft Corporation | Owner privacy in a shared mobile device |
JP5326363B2 (en) | 2008-05-30 | 2013-10-30 | 株式会社リコー | Image forming apparatus, authentication control method, and program |
US8924469B2 (en) | 2008-06-05 | 2014-12-30 | Headwater Partners I Llc | Enterprise access control and accounting allocation for access networks |
US8630192B2 (en) | 2009-01-28 | 2014-01-14 | Headwater Partners I Llc | Verifiable and accurate service usage monitoring for intermediate networking devices |
US8406748B2 (en) | 2009-01-28 | 2013-03-26 | Headwater Partners I Llc | Adaptive ambient services |
US8832777B2 (en) | 2009-03-02 | 2014-09-09 | Headwater Partners I Llc | Adapting network policies based on device service processor configuration |
US9069599B2 (en) | 2008-06-19 | 2015-06-30 | Servicemesh, Inc. | System and method for a cloud computing abstraction layer with security zone facilities |
US8204196B2 (en) | 2008-06-25 | 2012-06-19 | International Business Machines Corporation | Notification to absent teleconference invitees |
WO2010011467A1 (en) | 2008-06-29 | 2010-01-28 | Oceans' Edge, Inc. | Mobile telephone firewall and compliance enforcement system and method |
WO2010001324A2 (en) | 2008-06-30 | 2010-01-07 | Mominis Ltd | Method of generating and distributing a computer application |
US8156442B2 (en) | 2008-06-30 | 2012-04-10 | Nokia Corporation | Life recorder and sharing |
GB2462442A (en) | 2008-08-06 | 2010-02-10 | Zybert Computing Ltd | A remote server centrally controls access to data stored in a data container in an encrypted form |
US8862672B2 (en) | 2008-08-25 | 2014-10-14 | Microsoft Corporation | Content sharing and instant messaging |
CN101662765B (en) | 2008-08-29 | 2013-08-07 | 深圳富泰宏精密工业有限公司 | Encryption system and method of short message of mobile telephone |
US8365183B2 (en) | 2008-09-02 | 2013-01-29 | Ca, Inc. | System and method for dynamic resource provisioning for job placement |
US8238256B2 (en) | 2008-09-08 | 2012-08-07 | Nugent Raymond M | System and method for cloud computing |
US8763102B2 (en) | 2008-09-19 | 2014-06-24 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Single sign on infrastructure |
US20100083358A1 (en) | 2008-09-29 | 2010-04-01 | Perfios Software Solutions Pvt. Ltd | Secure Data Aggregation While Maintaining Privacy |
US8528059B1 (en) | 2008-10-06 | 2013-09-03 | Goldman, Sachs & Co. | Apparatuses, methods and systems for a secure resource access and placement platform |
US20120137364A1 (en) | 2008-10-07 | 2012-05-31 | Mocana Corporation | Remote attestation of a mobile device |
US9026918B2 (en) | 2008-10-16 | 2015-05-05 | Accenture Global Services Limited | Enabling a user device to access enterprise data |
US9836702B2 (en) | 2008-10-16 | 2017-12-05 | International Business Machines Corporation | Digital rights management (DRM)-enabled policy management for an identity provider in a federated environment |
WO2010054258A1 (en) * | 2008-11-06 | 2010-05-14 | Trust Digital | System and method for mediating connections between policy source servers, corporate repositories, and mobile devices |
US20100150341A1 (en) | 2008-12-17 | 2010-06-17 | David Dodgson | Storage security using cryptographic splitting |
US20100146582A1 (en) | 2008-12-04 | 2010-06-10 | Dell Products L.P. | Encryption management in an information handling system |
US20100146523A1 (en) | 2008-12-05 | 2010-06-10 | Tripod Ventures Inc./ Entreprises Tripod Inc. | Browser environment application and local file server application system |
US8931033B2 (en) | 2008-12-12 | 2015-01-06 | Microsoft Corporation | Integrating policies from a plurality of disparate management agents |
US8245223B2 (en) | 2008-12-23 | 2012-08-14 | Microsoft Corporation | Networked deployment of multi-application customizations |
US8505078B2 (en) | 2008-12-28 | 2013-08-06 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Apparatus and methods for providing authorized device access |
US8272030B1 (en) * | 2009-01-21 | 2012-09-18 | Sprint Communications Company L.P. | Dynamic security management for mobile communications device |
US8856909B1 (en) | 2009-01-23 | 2014-10-07 | Juniper Networks, Inc. | IF-MAP provisioning of resources and services |
US20120005724A1 (en) | 2009-02-09 | 2012-01-05 | Imera Systems, Inc. | Method and system for protecting private enterprise resources in a cloud computing environment |
US20100228961A1 (en) | 2009-03-03 | 2010-09-09 | Erf Wireless, Inc. | Hierarchical secure networks |
US20100228825A1 (en) | 2009-03-06 | 2010-09-09 | Microsoft Corporation | Smart meeting room |
US20100235216A1 (en) | 2009-03-16 | 2010-09-16 | Microsoft Corporation | Integration of pre-meeting and post-meeting experience into a meeting lifecycle |
CA2692741C (en) | 2009-03-31 | 2014-04-08 | Research In Motion Limited | Remote application storage |
CN101854340B (en) | 2009-04-03 | 2015-04-01 | 瞻博网络公司 | Behavior based communication analysis carried out based on access control information |
AU2010234204A1 (en) | 2009-04-09 | 2011-11-10 | Aegis Mobility, Inc. | Context based data mediation |
US8660530B2 (en) | 2009-05-01 | 2014-02-25 | Apple Inc. | Remotely receiving and communicating commands to a mobile device for execution by the mobile device |
US8666367B2 (en) | 2009-05-01 | 2014-03-04 | Apple Inc. | Remotely locating and commanding a mobile device |
US8419806B2 (en) | 2009-05-05 | 2013-04-16 | Absolute Software Corporation | Discriminating data protection system |
US8695058B2 (en) | 2009-05-20 | 2014-04-08 | Mobile Iron, Inc. | Selective management of mobile device data in an enterprise environment |
US20100299152A1 (en) | 2009-05-20 | 2010-11-25 | Mobile Iron, Inc. | Selective Management of Mobile Devices in an Enterprise Environment |
US9858925B2 (en) | 2009-06-05 | 2018-01-02 | Apple Inc. | Using context information to facilitate processing of commands in a virtual assistant |
US9183534B2 (en) | 2009-06-12 | 2015-11-10 | Apple Inc. | Devices with profile-based operating mode controls |
US9141412B2 (en) | 2009-06-16 | 2015-09-22 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Terminal services application virtualization for compatibility |
US8254957B2 (en) | 2009-06-16 | 2012-08-28 | Intel Corporation | Context-based limitation of mobile device operation |
US9621516B2 (en) | 2009-06-24 | 2017-04-11 | Vmware, Inc. | Firewall configured with dynamic membership sets representing machine attributes |
US20100332401A1 (en) | 2009-06-30 | 2010-12-30 | Anand Prahlad | Performing data storage operations with a cloud storage environment, including automatically selecting among multiple cloud storage sites |
US9386447B2 (en) | 2009-07-21 | 2016-07-05 | Scott Ferrill Tibbitts | Method and system for controlling a mobile communication device |
US8281381B2 (en) | 2009-08-03 | 2012-10-02 | Novell, Inc. | Techniques for environment single sign on |
US8392386B2 (en) | 2009-08-05 | 2013-03-05 | International Business Machines Corporation | Tracking file contents |
WO2011018827A1 (en) | 2009-08-13 | 2011-02-17 | 株式会社日立製作所 | System and method for evaluating adequacy of applications in execution environments |
WO2011026530A1 (en) | 2009-09-07 | 2011-03-10 | Tomtom International B.V. | Navigation apparatus and method of supporting hands-free voice communication |
US8200626B1 (en) | 2009-09-18 | 2012-06-12 | Sprint Communications Company L.P. | Mobile device file management |
US8972878B2 (en) | 2009-09-21 | 2015-03-03 | Avaya Inc. | Screen icon manipulation by context and frequency of Use |
JP4527802B2 (en) | 2009-10-19 | 2010-08-18 | 日本電気株式会社 | Computer system |
US8145199B2 (en) | 2009-10-31 | 2012-03-27 | BT Patent LLC | Controlling mobile device functions |
US8544076B2 (en) | 2009-11-11 | 2013-09-24 | Blackberry Limited | Using a trusted token and push for validating the request for single sign on |
US8595284B2 (en) | 2009-12-14 | 2013-11-26 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd | Web application script migration |
US8499304B2 (en) | 2009-12-15 | 2013-07-30 | At&T Mobility Ii Llc | Multiple mode mobile device |
US9244533B2 (en) | 2009-12-17 | 2016-01-26 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Camera navigation for presentations |
US8495746B2 (en) | 2009-12-18 | 2013-07-23 | Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. | Apparatuses, methods and systems of an application security management platform |
US8533780B2 (en) | 2009-12-22 | 2013-09-10 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Dynamic content-based routing |
WO2011091056A1 (en) | 2010-01-19 | 2011-07-28 | Servicemesh, Inc. | System and method for a cloud computing abstraction layer |
US20110208797A1 (en) | 2010-02-22 | 2011-08-25 | Full Armor Corporation | Geolocation-Based Management of Virtual Applications |
US8607325B2 (en) | 2010-02-22 | 2013-12-10 | Avaya Inc. | Enterprise level security system |
US8468455B2 (en) | 2010-02-24 | 2013-06-18 | Novell, Inc. | System and method for providing virtual desktop extensions on a client desktop |
WO2011109778A1 (en) | 2010-03-05 | 2011-09-09 | Brass Monkey, Inc. | System and method for connecting network sockets between applications |
US9355282B2 (en) | 2010-03-24 | 2016-05-31 | Red Hat, Inc. | Using multiple display servers to protect data |
US8433901B2 (en) | 2010-04-07 | 2013-04-30 | Apple Inc. | System and method for wiping encrypted data on a device having file-level content protection |
US20110252459A1 (en) | 2010-04-12 | 2011-10-13 | Walsh Robert E | Multiple Server Access Management |
US20110314534A1 (en) | 2010-04-14 | 2011-12-22 | Lee James | Secured Execution Environments and Methods |
US9584624B2 (en) | 2010-04-15 | 2017-02-28 | Blackberry Limited | Method and system for transmitting an application to a device |
US8555377B2 (en) | 2010-04-29 | 2013-10-08 | High Cloud Security | Secure virtual machine |
US8805968B2 (en) | 2010-05-03 | 2014-08-12 | Panzura, Inc. | Accessing cached data from a peer cloud controller in a distributed filesystem |
US8935384B2 (en) | 2010-05-06 | 2015-01-13 | Mcafee Inc. | Distributed data revocation using data commands |
US9282097B2 (en) | 2010-05-07 | 2016-03-08 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for providing single sign on access to enterprise SAAS and cloud hosted applications |
US9461996B2 (en) | 2010-05-07 | 2016-10-04 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for providing a single click access to enterprise, SAAS and cloud hosted application |
US9288137B2 (en) | 2010-05-09 | 2016-03-15 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for allocation of classes of service to network connections corresponding to virtual channels |
WO2011146711A1 (en) | 2010-05-21 | 2011-11-24 | Hsbc Technologies Inc. | Account opening computer system architecture and process for implementing same |
JP2011248683A (en) | 2010-05-27 | 2011-12-08 | Canon Inc | Cloud computing system, server computer, method for connecting device and program |
US8127350B2 (en) | 2010-06-30 | 2012-02-28 | Juniper Networks, Inc. | Multi-service VPN network client for mobile device |
US8458787B2 (en) | 2010-06-30 | 2013-06-04 | Juniper Networks, Inc. | VPN network client for mobile device having dynamically translated user home page |
US10142292B2 (en) | 2010-06-30 | 2018-11-27 | Pulse Secure Llc | Dual-mode multi-service VPN network client for mobile device |
US8549617B2 (en) | 2010-06-30 | 2013-10-01 | Juniper Networks, Inc. | Multi-service VPN network client for mobile device having integrated acceleration |
US8429674B2 (en) | 2010-07-20 | 2013-04-23 | Apple Inc. | Maintaining data states upon forced exit |
US8474017B2 (en) | 2010-07-23 | 2013-06-25 | Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. | Identity management and single sign-on in a heterogeneous composite service scenario |
JP5732767B2 (en) | 2010-07-26 | 2015-06-10 | 富士通株式会社 | PROCESSING DEVICE, PROCESSING METHOD, PROCESSING PROGRAM, COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM CONTAINING THE PROGRAM |
EP2599027B1 (en) | 2010-07-28 | 2017-07-19 | Nextlabs, Inc. | Protecting documents using policies and encryption |
US8880580B2 (en) | 2010-07-28 | 2014-11-04 | Admiemobile Llc | Systems and methods for establishing and maintaining virtual computing clouds |
US8539245B2 (en) | 2010-08-06 | 2013-09-17 | Intel Corporation | Apparatus and method for accessing a secure partition in non-volatile storage by a host system enabled after the system exits a first instance of a secure mode |
US9936333B2 (en) | 2010-08-10 | 2018-04-03 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Location and contextual-based mobile application promotion and delivery |
US8539561B2 (en) | 2010-08-24 | 2013-09-17 | International Business Machines Corporation | Systems and methods to control device endpoint behavior using personae and policies |
US8739157B2 (en) | 2010-08-26 | 2014-05-27 | Adobe Systems Incorporated | System and method for managing cloud deployment configuration of an application |
US9421460B2 (en) | 2010-08-31 | 2016-08-23 | Sony Interactive Entertainment Inc. | Offline Progress of console game via portable device |
US20120066691A1 (en) | 2010-09-14 | 2012-03-15 | Paul Keith Branton | Private application clipboard |
US9582673B2 (en) | 2010-09-27 | 2017-02-28 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Separation of duties checks from entitlement sets |
US8958780B2 (en) | 2010-10-07 | 2015-02-17 | Blackberry Limited | Provisioning based on application and device capability |
JP5620781B2 (en) | 2010-10-14 | 2014-11-05 | キヤノン株式会社 | Information processing apparatus, control method thereof, and program |
WO2012064870A2 (en) | 2010-11-09 | 2012-05-18 | Openpeak Inc. | Communication devices, networks, services and accompanying methods |
CN103314635B (en) | 2010-11-15 | 2017-01-18 | 黑莓有限公司 | Controlling data transfer on mobile devices |
US8359016B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2013-01-22 | Mobile Iron, Inc. | Management of mobile applications |
US8869307B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2014-10-21 | Mobile Iron, Inc. | Mobile posture-based policy, remediation and access control for enterprise resources |
KR20120057734A (en) | 2010-11-22 | 2012-06-07 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Server, device accessing server and control method |
US9219744B2 (en) | 2010-12-08 | 2015-12-22 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Mobile botnet mitigation |
US8918834B1 (en) | 2010-12-17 | 2014-12-23 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Creating custom policies in a remote-computing environment |
US8650620B2 (en) | 2010-12-20 | 2014-02-11 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Methods and apparatus to control privileges of mobile device applications |
AU2011202840B2 (en) | 2010-12-21 | 2014-04-17 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Mobile terminal and method of controlling a mode switching therein |
US8856950B2 (en) | 2010-12-21 | 2014-10-07 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Mobile terminal and method of managing information therein including first operating system acting in first mode and second operating system acting in second mode |
AU2011202838B2 (en) | 2010-12-21 | 2014-04-10 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Mobile terminal and method of controlling a mode screen display therein |
AU2011202837B2 (en) | 2010-12-21 | 2013-08-22 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Mobile terminal and method of controlling a mode switching therein |
US9110743B2 (en) | 2010-12-21 | 2015-08-18 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Extensible system action for sharing while remaining in context |
AU2011202832B2 (en) | 2010-12-21 | 2013-01-24 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Mobile terminal and method of controlling a mode switching therein |
US9178981B2 (en) | 2010-12-22 | 2015-11-03 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Mobile terminal and method of sharing information therein |
EP2469404B1 (en) | 2010-12-22 | 2018-04-18 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Mobile terminal and method of displaying information in accordance with a plurality of modes of use |
US8931037B2 (en) | 2010-12-27 | 2015-01-06 | Microsoft Corporation | Policy-based access to virtualized applications |
CN103270466B (en) | 2010-12-27 | 2016-08-10 | 微软技术许可有限责任公司 | Via timer related tasks being coordinated and selectively operated power management |
JP5017462B2 (en) | 2010-12-27 | 2012-09-05 | 株式会社東芝 | Information processing apparatus and removable media management method |
US20120174237A1 (en) | 2010-12-31 | 2012-07-05 | Openpeak Inc. | Location aware self-locking system and method for a mobile device |
US20120179909A1 (en) | 2011-01-06 | 2012-07-12 | Pitney Bowes Inc. | Systems and methods for providing individual electronic document secure storage, retrieval and use |
EP2663954B1 (en) | 2011-01-10 | 2019-05-01 | International Business Machines Corporation | System and method for extending cloud services into the customer premise |
US8898793B2 (en) | 2011-01-14 | 2014-11-25 | Nokia Corporation | Method and apparatus for adjusting context-based factors for selecting a security policy |
US20120198570A1 (en) | 2011-02-01 | 2012-08-02 | Bank Of America Corporation | Geo-Enabled Access Control |
US8806569B2 (en) | 2011-02-07 | 2014-08-12 | Tufin Software Technologies Ltd. | Method and system for analyzing security ruleset by generating a logically equivalent security rule-set |
US10003672B2 (en) | 2011-02-09 | 2018-06-19 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Apparatus, systems and methods for deployment of interactive desktop applications on distributed infrastructures |
US8549656B2 (en) | 2011-02-11 | 2013-10-01 | Mocana Corporation | Securing and managing apps on a device |
US20120209949A1 (en) | 2011-02-14 | 2012-08-16 | Alexandros Deliyannis | Methods and apparatus to monitor media content |
US9544396B2 (en) | 2011-02-23 | 2017-01-10 | Lookout, Inc. | Remote application installation and control for a mobile device |
KR20120096983A (en) | 2011-02-24 | 2012-09-03 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Malware detection method and mobile terminal therefor |
RU2533059C2 (en) | 2011-02-28 | 2014-11-20 | Сименс Энтерпрайз Коммьюникейшнз Гмбх Унд Ко. Кг | Device and method of dynamic durability support service assignment to mobile devices |
US20120233130A1 (en) | 2011-03-11 | 2012-09-13 | Nagarajan Vedachalam | System and method for archiving emails |
US20120238206A1 (en) | 2011-03-14 | 2012-09-20 | Research In Motion Limited | Communications device providing near field communication (nfc) secure element disabling features related methods |
US8548443B2 (en) | 2011-03-16 | 2013-10-01 | Dell Products L.P. | System and method for selectively restricting portable information handling system features |
US9119017B2 (en) | 2011-03-18 | 2015-08-25 | Zscaler, Inc. | Cloud based mobile device security and policy enforcement |
US8955142B2 (en) | 2011-03-21 | 2015-02-10 | Mocana Corporation | Secure execution of unsecured apps on a device |
US8769305B2 (en) | 2011-03-21 | 2014-07-01 | Moncana Corporation | Secure execution of unsecured apps on a device |
WO2012128682A1 (en) | 2011-03-22 | 2012-09-27 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Methods for exchanging user profile, profile mediator device, agents, computer programs and computer program products |
US20120246191A1 (en) | 2011-03-24 | 2012-09-27 | True Xiong | World-Wide Video Context Sharing |
US20120250106A1 (en) | 2011-03-30 | 2012-10-04 | Infosys Technologies Ltd. | Method, device and system for updating an application on a mobile device |
US20120254768A1 (en) | 2011-03-31 | 2012-10-04 | Google Inc. | Customizing mobile applications |
US8458802B2 (en) * | 2011-04-02 | 2013-06-04 | Intel Corporation | Method and device for managing digital usage rights of documents |
WO2012138804A2 (en) | 2011-04-04 | 2012-10-11 | Nextlabs, Inc. | Protecting information using policies and encryption |
EP2523107B1 (en) | 2011-04-19 | 2018-11-07 | LG Electronics Inc. | Mobile terminal and system for managing applications using the same |
KR20120118819A (en) | 2011-04-19 | 2012-10-29 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Mobile terminal and system for managing applications using the same |
US9817677B2 (en) | 2011-04-22 | 2017-11-14 | Microsoft Technologies Licensing, LLC | Rule based data driven validation |
US10187494B2 (en) | 2011-04-26 | 2019-01-22 | Acumera, Inc. | Gateway device application development system |
US9094400B2 (en) * | 2011-04-27 | 2015-07-28 | International Business Machines Corporation | Authentication in virtual private networks |
WO2012146985A2 (en) | 2011-04-28 | 2012-11-01 | Approxy Inc. Ltd. | Adaptive cloud-based application streaming |
US8738772B2 (en) | 2011-05-02 | 2014-05-27 | Mitel Networks Corporation | Regulating use of a mobile computing device for a user at a selected location |
US8683556B2 (en) | 2011-05-04 | 2014-03-25 | Apple Inc. | Electronic devices having adaptive security profiles and methods for selecting the same |
US8839395B2 (en) | 2011-05-13 | 2014-09-16 | Cch Incorporated | Single sign-on between applications |
US9037723B2 (en) | 2011-05-31 | 2015-05-19 | Red Hat, Inc. | Triggering workload movement based on policy stack having multiple selectable inputs |
WO2012167094A1 (en) | 2011-06-01 | 2012-12-06 | Security First Corp. | Systems and methods for secure distributed storage |
US8578443B2 (en) | 2011-06-01 | 2013-11-05 | Mobileasap, Inc. | Real-time mobile application management |
US9201634B2 (en) | 2011-06-09 | 2015-12-01 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd | Method and system for controlling user experience with an application on a client device |
US20120324568A1 (en) | 2011-06-14 | 2012-12-20 | Lookout, Inc., A California Corporation | Mobile web protection |
US10333711B2 (en) | 2011-06-17 | 2019-06-25 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Controlling access to protected objects |
US20120331527A1 (en) | 2011-06-22 | 2012-12-27 | TerraWi, Inc. | Multi-layer, geolocation-based network resource access and permissions |
US8843998B2 (en) | 2011-06-27 | 2014-09-23 | Cliqr Technologies, Inc. | Apparatus, systems and methods for secure and selective access to services in hybrid public-private infrastructures |
KR101801577B1 (en) | 2011-06-28 | 2017-11-27 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Mobile terminal and Method for controlling display thereof |
KR101819506B1 (en) | 2011-06-28 | 2018-01-17 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Mobile terminal and Method for controlling display thereof |
US9071518B2 (en) | 2011-07-01 | 2015-06-30 | Fiberlink Communications Corporation | Rules based actions for mobile device management |
KR101844289B1 (en) | 2011-07-06 | 2018-04-02 | 삼성전자 주식회사 | Method and apparatus for managing security of mobile terminal based on location information in mobile communication system |
US20130014267A1 (en) | 2011-07-07 | 2013-01-10 | Farrugia Augustin J | Computer protocol generation and obfuscation |
CN103782571A (en) | 2011-07-07 | 2014-05-07 | 思科技术公司 | System and method for providing a message and an event based video services control plane |
US8756665B2 (en) | 2011-07-08 | 2014-06-17 | International Business Machines Corporation | Authenticating a rich client from within an existing browser session |
US9369307B2 (en) | 2011-07-12 | 2016-06-14 | Bank Of America Corporation | Optimized service integration |
US8719919B2 (en) | 2011-07-12 | 2014-05-06 | Bank Of America Corporation | Service mediation framework |
US9015320B2 (en) | 2011-07-12 | 2015-04-21 | Bank Of America Corporation | Dynamic provisioning of service requests |
US20130024928A1 (en) | 2011-07-22 | 2013-01-24 | Robert James Burke | Secure network communications for meters |
US9942385B2 (en) | 2011-08-04 | 2018-04-10 | International Business Machines Corporation | System and method for preventing and/or limiting use of a mobile device |
US9171139B2 (en) | 2011-08-05 | 2015-10-27 | Vmware, Inc. | Lock screens to access work environments on a personal mobile device |
US9065826B2 (en) | 2011-08-08 | 2015-06-23 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Identifying application reputation based on resource accesses |
US8738868B2 (en) | 2011-08-23 | 2014-05-27 | Vmware, Inc. | Cooperative memory resource management for virtualized computing devices |
KR20130023656A (en) | 2011-08-29 | 2013-03-08 | 주식회사 팬택 | Portable multifunction device and method for controlling permission of application |
US8898459B2 (en) | 2011-08-31 | 2014-11-25 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Policy configuration for mobile device applications |
US20130059284A1 (en) | 2011-09-07 | 2013-03-07 | Teegee, Llc | Interactive electronic toy and learning device system |
CN104185844B (en) | 2011-09-09 | 2018-06-05 | 石器公司 | Key sharing method and device based on Remote Desktop Protocol |
US10063430B2 (en) | 2011-09-09 | 2018-08-28 | Cloudon Ltd. | Systems and methods for workspace interaction with cloud-based applications |
US9652738B2 (en) | 2011-09-14 | 2017-05-16 | Avaya Inc. | System and method for a communication session identifier |
US10165007B2 (en) | 2011-09-15 | 2018-12-25 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Securing data usage in computing devices |
US8825863B2 (en) | 2011-09-20 | 2014-09-02 | International Business Machines Corporation | Virtual machine placement within a server farm |
US8554179B2 (en) | 2011-09-23 | 2013-10-08 | Blackberry Limited | Managing mobile device applications |
WO2013044359A1 (en) | 2011-09-30 | 2013-04-04 | Tutela Technologies Ltd. | A system for regulating wireless device operations in wireless networks |
US8806639B2 (en) | 2011-09-30 | 2014-08-12 | Avaya Inc. | Contextual virtual machines for application quarantine and assessment method and system |
US8682973B2 (en) | 2011-10-05 | 2014-03-25 | Microsoft Corporation | Multi-user and multi-device collaboration |
US9131147B2 (en) | 2011-10-07 | 2015-09-08 | Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. | System and method for detecting and acting on multiple people crowding a small display for information sharing |
US8402011B1 (en) | 2011-10-10 | 2013-03-19 | Google Inc. | System and method for managing user web browsing information |
US8695060B2 (en) | 2011-10-10 | 2014-04-08 | Openpeak Inc. | System and method for creating secure applications |
US20140040979A1 (en) | 2011-10-11 | 2014-02-06 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Policy-Based Application Management |
US8239918B1 (en) | 2011-10-11 | 2012-08-07 | Google Inc. | Application marketplace administrative controls |
US20140032733A1 (en) | 2011-10-11 | 2014-01-30 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Policy-Based Application Management |
US9043480B2 (en) | 2011-10-11 | 2015-05-26 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Policy-based application management |
US8886925B2 (en) * | 2011-10-11 | 2014-11-11 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Protecting enterprise data through policy-based encryption of message attachments |
US8971842B2 (en) | 2011-10-12 | 2015-03-03 | Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. | Enterprise mobile application store |
US20130097660A1 (en) | 2011-10-17 | 2013-04-18 | Mcafee, Inc. | System and method for whitelisting applications in a mobile network environment |
US8789179B2 (en) | 2011-10-28 | 2014-07-22 | Novell, Inc. | Cloud protection techniques |
US9106650B2 (en) | 2011-11-09 | 2015-08-11 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | User-driven access control |
US8990558B2 (en) | 2011-11-09 | 2015-03-24 | Safer Point Ltd | Securing information in a cloud computing system |
US10291658B2 (en) | 2011-11-09 | 2019-05-14 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Techniques to apply and share remote policies on mobile devices |
WO2013070126A1 (en) | 2011-11-10 | 2013-05-16 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Policy controlled preload and consumption of software application |
US8688768B2 (en) | 2011-11-18 | 2014-04-01 | Ca, Inc. | System and method for hand-offs in cloud environments |
US8893261B2 (en) | 2011-11-22 | 2014-11-18 | Vmware, Inc. | Method and system for VPN isolation using network namespaces |
US9143943B2 (en) | 2011-11-29 | 2015-09-22 | Dell Products L.P. | Mode sensitive networking |
US8667579B2 (en) | 2011-11-29 | 2014-03-04 | Genband Us Llc | Methods, systems, and computer readable media for bridging user authentication, authorization, and access between web-based and telecom domains |
US20130144934A1 (en) | 2011-12-01 | 2013-06-06 | Microsoft Corporation | Web Content Targeting Based on Client Application Availability |
US9100854B2 (en) | 2011-12-06 | 2015-08-04 | T-Mobile Usa, Inc. | Quality of service application controller and user equipment application profiler |
US8935375B2 (en) | 2011-12-12 | 2015-01-13 | Microsoft Corporation | Increasing availability of stateful applications |
US20130171967A1 (en) | 2012-01-04 | 2013-07-04 | Ayman S. Ashour | Providing Secure Execution of Mobile Device Workflows |
US8863297B2 (en) | 2012-01-06 | 2014-10-14 | Mobile Iron, Inc. | Secure virtual file management system |
US9507630B2 (en) | 2012-02-09 | 2016-11-29 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Application context transfer for distributed computing resources |
US8793344B2 (en) | 2012-02-17 | 2014-07-29 | Oracle International Corporation | System and method for generating a response plan for a hypothetical event |
US9037897B2 (en) | 2012-02-17 | 2015-05-19 | International Business Machines Corporation | Elastic cloud-driven task execution |
US8918881B2 (en) | 2012-02-24 | 2014-12-23 | Appthority, Inc. | Off-device anti-malware protection for mobile devices |
US9323563B2 (en) | 2012-02-28 | 2016-04-26 | Red Hat Israel, Ltd. | Determining virtual machine migration in view of a migration rule |
US9529993B2 (en) | 2012-03-02 | 2016-12-27 | International Business Machines Corporation | Policy-driven approach to managing privileged/shared identity in an enterprise |
US20130237152A1 (en) | 2012-03-09 | 2013-09-12 | Kulveer Taggar | Methods and systems for hardware and software related to a near field communications task launcher |
US9027076B2 (en) | 2012-03-23 | 2015-05-05 | Lockheed Martin Corporation | Method and apparatus for context aware mobile security |
CA2786095A1 (en) | 2012-03-26 | 2013-09-26 | Quickmobile Inc. | System and method for a user to dynamically update a mobile application from a generic or first application within a class of applications to create a specific or second application with said class of applications |
US9319286B2 (en) | 2012-03-30 | 2016-04-19 | Cognizant Business Services Limited | Apparatus and methods for managing applications in multi-cloud environments |
US20130263208A1 (en) | 2012-04-02 | 2013-10-03 | Narsimha Reddy Challa | Managing virtual machines in a cloud computing system |
US20130268676A1 (en) | 2012-04-06 | 2013-10-10 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Application programming interface routing system and method of operating the same |
US20130283335A1 (en) | 2012-04-19 | 2013-10-24 | AppSense, Inc. | Systems and methods for applying policy wrappers to computer applications |
US9253209B2 (en) | 2012-04-26 | 2016-02-02 | International Business Machines Corporation | Policy-based dynamic information flow control on mobile devices |
US9626526B2 (en) | 2012-04-30 | 2017-04-18 | Ca, Inc. | Trusted public infrastructure grid cloud |
US9112918B2 (en) | 2012-04-30 | 2015-08-18 | Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. | Multi-mode user device and network-based control and monitoring |
US20130297604A1 (en) | 2012-05-01 | 2013-11-07 | Research In Motion Limited | Electronic device and method for classification of communication data objects |
US8990948B2 (en) | 2012-05-01 | 2015-03-24 | Taasera, Inc. | Systems and methods for orchestrating runtime operational integrity |
US9405723B2 (en) | 2012-05-02 | 2016-08-02 | Kony, Inc. | Mobile application management systems and methods thereof |
US8990901B2 (en) | 2012-05-05 | 2015-03-24 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for network filtering in VPN |
US9215553B2 (en) | 2012-05-11 | 2015-12-15 | Rowles Holdings, Llc | Automatic determination of and reaction to mobile user routine behavior based on geographical and repetitive pattern analysis |
US20130311597A1 (en) | 2012-05-16 | 2013-11-21 | Apple Inc. | Locally backed cloud-based storage |
US8849904B2 (en) | 2012-05-17 | 2014-09-30 | Cloudflare, Inc. | Incorporating web applications into web pages at the network level |
US9300570B2 (en) | 2012-05-22 | 2016-03-29 | Harris Corporation | Multi-tunnel virtual private network |
KR101874081B1 (en) | 2012-06-07 | 2018-07-03 | 에스케이테크엑스 주식회사 | Cloud Service Supporting Method And System based on a Enhanced Security |
US20130347130A1 (en) | 2012-06-08 | 2013-12-26 | Bluebox | Methods and apparatus for dynamically providing modified versions of electronic device applications |
US20140007215A1 (en) | 2012-06-15 | 2014-01-02 | Lockheed Martin Corporation | Mobile applications platform |
US9792585B2 (en) | 2012-06-21 | 2017-10-17 | Google Inc. | Mobile application management |
US9240977B2 (en) | 2012-07-11 | 2016-01-19 | Netiq Corporation | Techniques for protecting mobile applications |
US9053304B2 (en) | 2012-07-13 | 2015-06-09 | Securekey Technologies Inc. | Methods and systems for using derived credentials to authenticate a device across multiple platforms |
US9032506B2 (en) | 2012-08-09 | 2015-05-12 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Multiple application containerization in a single container |
US20140047413A1 (en) | 2012-08-09 | 2014-02-13 | Modit, Inc. | Developing, Modifying, and Using Applications |
US9087191B2 (en) | 2012-08-24 | 2015-07-21 | Vmware, Inc. | Method and system for facilitating isolated workspace for applications |
US9507949B2 (en) | 2012-09-28 | 2016-11-29 | Intel Corporation | Device and methods for management and access of distributed data sources |
US8726343B1 (en) | 2012-10-12 | 2014-05-13 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Managing dynamic policies and settings in an orchestration framework for connected devices |
US20140109176A1 (en) * | 2012-10-15 | 2014-04-17 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Configuring and providing profiles that manage execution of mobile applications |
CN104854561B (en) | 2012-10-16 | 2018-05-11 | 思杰系统有限公司 | Application program for application management framework encapsulates |
US9355253B2 (en) | 2012-10-18 | 2016-05-31 | Broadcom Corporation | Set top box architecture with application based security definitions |
US8875304B2 (en) | 2012-11-08 | 2014-10-28 | International Business Machines Corporation | Application and data removal system |
US20140149599A1 (en) | 2012-11-29 | 2014-05-29 | Ricoh Co., Ltd. | Unified Application Programming Interface for Communicating with Devices and Their Clouds |
US9326145B2 (en) | 2012-12-16 | 2016-04-26 | Aruba Networks, Inc. | System and method for application usage controls through policy enforcement |
US8910262B2 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2014-12-09 | Cellco Partnership | Supporting multiple messaging services on mobile devices in a single user experience |
US9535674B2 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2017-01-03 | Bmc Software, Inc. | Application wrapping system and method |
US9374369B2 (en) | 2012-12-28 | 2016-06-21 | Lookout, Inc. | Multi-factor authentication and comprehensive login system for client-server networks |
US8850049B1 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2014-09-30 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Providing mobile device management functionalities for a managed browser |
US10284627B2 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2019-05-07 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Data management for an application with multiple operation modes |
US9355223B2 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2016-05-31 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Providing a managed browser |
US9369449B2 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2016-06-14 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Providing an enterprise application store |
TWI499932B (en) | 2013-07-17 | 2015-09-11 | Ind Tech Res Inst | Method for application management, corresponding system, and user device |
US9356895B2 (en) | 2014-05-07 | 2016-05-31 | Mitake Information Corporation | Message transmission system and method for a structure of a plurality of organizations |
-
2013
- 2013-09-27 US US14/039,651 patent/US20140109176A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2013-09-30 US US14/041,946 patent/US8904477B2/en active Active
- 2013-09-30 US US14/041,923 patent/US8719898B1/en active Active
- 2013-09-30 US US14/041,935 patent/US8887230B2/en active Active
- 2013-10-04 EP EP13780007.4A patent/EP2907076A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2013-10-04 WO PCT/US2013/063429 patent/WO2014062395A1/en active Application Filing
-
2014
- 2014-04-01 US US14/242,011 patent/US9467474B2/en active Active
- 2014-10-07 US US14/508,245 patent/US9654508B2/en active Active
Cited By (58)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US8898459B2 (en) * | 2011-08-31 | 2014-11-25 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Policy configuration for mobile device applications |
US8918841B2 (en) | 2011-08-31 | 2014-12-23 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Hardware interface access control for mobile applications |
US20130054962A1 (en) * | 2011-08-31 | 2013-02-28 | Deepak Chawla | Policy configuration for mobile device applications |
US9548976B2 (en) * | 2014-05-06 | 2017-01-17 | Okta, Inc. | Facilitating single sign-on to software applications |
US20150326562A1 (en) * | 2014-05-06 | 2015-11-12 | Okta, Inc. | Facilitating single sign-on to software applications |
WO2015171517A1 (en) * | 2014-05-06 | 2015-11-12 | Okta, Inc. | Facilitating single sign-on to software applications |
US10476761B1 (en) | 2014-11-18 | 2019-11-12 | Berryville Holdings, LLC | Systems and methods for implementing an on-demand computing network environment |
US10897409B1 (en) | 2014-11-18 | 2021-01-19 | Berryville Holdings, LLC | Systems and methods for implementing an on-demand computing network environment |
US11381477B1 (en) | 2014-11-18 | 2022-07-05 | Cyber Ip Holdings, Llc | Systems and methods for implementing an on-demand computing network environment |
US12047256B1 (en) | 2014-11-18 | 2024-07-23 | Cyber Ip Holdings, Llc | Systems and methods for implementing an on-demand computing network environment |
US9935850B1 (en) * | 2014-11-18 | 2018-04-03 | Berryville Holdings, LLC | Systems and methods for implementing an on-demand computing network environment |
CN104966311A (en) * | 2015-06-10 | 2015-10-07 | 江苏中威科技软件系统有限公司 | Vector graph storage method used for handwriting signing system |
US9948679B2 (en) | 2015-08-21 | 2018-04-17 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Object-relation user interface for viewing security configurations of network security devices |
CN106911625A (en) * | 2015-12-22 | 2017-06-30 | 国民技术股份有限公司 | A kind of text handling method of safe input method, device and system |
US11474800B2 (en) | 2016-02-10 | 2022-10-18 | Vignet Incorporated | Creating customized applications for health monitoring |
US11954470B2 (en) | 2016-02-10 | 2024-04-09 | Vignet Incorporated | On-demand decentralized collection of clinical data from digital devices of remote patients |
US20180121187A1 (en) * | 2016-02-10 | 2018-05-03 | Vignet Incorporated | Publishing customized application modules |
US11467813B2 (en) | 2016-02-10 | 2022-10-11 | Vignet Incorporated | Precision data collection for digital health monitoring |
US10705816B2 (en) * | 2016-02-10 | 2020-07-07 | Vignet Incorporated | Publishing customized application modules |
US9858063B2 (en) | 2016-02-10 | 2018-01-02 | Vignet Incorporated | Publishing customized application modules |
US11340878B2 (en) | 2016-02-10 | 2022-05-24 | Vignet Incorporated | Interative gallery of user-selectable digital health programs |
US11321062B2 (en) | 2016-02-10 | 2022-05-03 | Vignet Incorporated | Precision data collection for health monitoring |
WO2017139651A1 (en) * | 2016-02-10 | 2017-08-17 | Vignet Incorporated | Publishing customized application modules |
US10915306B2 (en) | 2016-02-10 | 2021-02-09 | Vignet Incorporated | Publishing customized application modules |
US11314492B2 (en) | 2016-02-10 | 2022-04-26 | Vignet Incorporated | Precision health monitoring with digital devices |
US10182055B2 (en) | 2016-06-06 | 2019-01-15 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Security policy efficacy visualization |
US11068574B2 (en) * | 2016-09-08 | 2021-07-20 | Vmware, Inc. | Phone factor authentication |
US11507737B1 (en) | 2016-09-29 | 2022-11-22 | Vignet Incorporated | Increasing survey completion rates and data quality for health monitoring programs |
US11244104B1 (en) | 2016-09-29 | 2022-02-08 | Vignet Incorporated | Context-aware surveys and sensor data collection for health research |
US11675971B1 (en) | 2016-09-29 | 2023-06-13 | Vignet Incorporated | Context-aware surveys and sensor data collection for health research |
US11501060B1 (en) | 2016-09-29 | 2022-11-15 | Vignet Incorporated | Increasing effectiveness of surveys for digital health monitoring |
US11252196B2 (en) * | 2016-10-24 | 2022-02-15 | Nec Corporation | Method for managing data traffic within a network |
US11321082B2 (en) | 2016-10-28 | 2022-05-03 | Vignet Incorporated | Patient engagement in digital health programs |
US11487531B2 (en) | 2016-10-28 | 2022-11-01 | Vignet Incorporated | Customizing applications for health monitoring using rules and program data |
US10587729B1 (en) | 2016-10-28 | 2020-03-10 | Vignet Incorporated | System and method for rules engine that dynamically adapts application behavior |
US10803411B1 (en) | 2017-04-17 | 2020-10-13 | Microstrategy Incorporated | Enterprise platform deployment |
US10470040B2 (en) | 2017-08-27 | 2019-11-05 | Okta, Inc. | Secure single sign-on to software applications |
CN107679112A (en) * | 2017-09-15 | 2018-02-09 | 浙江大学 | A kind of weighted feature knowledge of Design-Oriented knowledge push is applicable probability match method |
US20210112412A1 (en) * | 2018-06-22 | 2021-04-15 | Vivo Mobile Communication Co., Ltd. | Network access method, terminal, and network side network element |
US11811832B2 (en) | 2018-07-17 | 2023-11-07 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Queryless device configuration determination-based techniques for mobile device management |
US11750444B2 (en) | 2018-07-31 | 2023-09-05 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Implementation of compliance settings by a mobile device for compliance with a configuration scenario |
US11184223B2 (en) * | 2018-07-31 | 2021-11-23 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Implementation of compliance settings by a mobile device for compliance with a configuration scenario |
US11409417B1 (en) | 2018-08-10 | 2022-08-09 | Vignet Incorporated | Dynamic engagement of patients in clinical and digital health research |
US10775974B2 (en) | 2018-08-10 | 2020-09-15 | Vignet Incorporated | User responsive dynamic architecture |
US11520466B1 (en) | 2018-08-10 | 2022-12-06 | Vignet Incorporated | Efficient distribution of digital health programs for research studies |
CN109002707A (en) * | 2018-08-31 | 2018-12-14 | 国鼎网络空间安全技术有限公司 | The device and method of Android application configuration and data sharing based on virtual container |
US11611489B2 (en) | 2018-10-17 | 2023-03-21 | Servicenow, Inc. | Functional discovery and mapping of serverless resources |
US10819586B2 (en) * | 2018-10-17 | 2020-10-27 | Servicenow, Inc. | Functional discovery and mapping of serverless resources |
US11158423B2 (en) | 2018-10-26 | 2021-10-26 | Vignet Incorporated | Adapted digital therapeutic plans based on biomarkers |
CN109995473A (en) * | 2018-12-17 | 2019-07-09 | 芜湖智久机器人有限公司 | TCP communication data packets and its packaging method, check system, method of calibration |
US11238979B1 (en) | 2019-02-01 | 2022-02-01 | Vignet Incorporated | Digital biomarkers for health research, digital therapeautics, and precision medicine |
US11923079B1 (en) | 2019-02-01 | 2024-03-05 | Vignet Incorporated | Creating and testing digital bio-markers based on genetic and phenotypic data for therapeutic interventions and clinical trials |
US11714658B2 (en) | 2019-08-30 | 2023-08-01 | Microstrategy Incorporated | Automated idle environment shutdown |
US11755372B2 (en) | 2019-08-30 | 2023-09-12 | Microstrategy Incorporated | Environment monitoring and management |
US11763919B1 (en) | 2020-10-13 | 2023-09-19 | Vignet Incorporated | Platform to increase patient engagement in clinical trials through surveys presented on mobile devices |
US11901083B1 (en) | 2021-11-30 | 2024-02-13 | Vignet Incorporated | Using genetic and phenotypic data sets for drug discovery clinical trials |
US11705230B1 (en) | 2021-11-30 | 2023-07-18 | Vignet Incorporated | Assessing health risks using genetic, epigenetic, and phenotypic data sources |
WO2024211553A1 (en) * | 2023-04-05 | 2024-10-10 | Providence St. Joseph Health | Using a hidden webview under the control of a mobile app to maintain an authenticated session between the mobile app and a backend resource |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
EP2907076A1 (en) | 2015-08-19 |
US20150095975A1 (en) | 2015-04-02 |
US9467474B2 (en) | 2016-10-11 |
US20140108649A1 (en) | 2014-04-17 |
US20140215555A1 (en) | 2014-07-31 |
US9654508B2 (en) | 2017-05-16 |
US20140109176A1 (en) | 2014-04-17 |
WO2014062395A1 (en) | 2014-04-24 |
US8719898B1 (en) | 2014-05-06 |
US8904477B2 (en) | 2014-12-02 |
US20140109178A1 (en) | 2014-04-17 |
US8887230B2 (en) | 2014-11-11 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US9654508B2 (en) | Configuring and providing profiles that manage execution of mobile applications | |
US11057212B2 (en) | Policy based authentication | |
US9973489B2 (en) | Providing virtualized private network tunnels | |
US11627120B2 (en) | Dynamic crypto key management for mobility in a cloud environment | |
US9602474B2 (en) | Controlling mobile device access to secure data | |
US8931078B2 (en) | Providing virtualized private network tunnels | |
EP2979213B1 (en) | Providing an enterprise application store | |
EP3364629B1 (en) | Providing virtualized private network tunnels | |
US11388199B2 (en) | Processing policy variance requests in an enterprise computing environment | |
EP4260181A1 (en) | Native application integration for enhanced remote desktop experiences | |
US20220038282A1 (en) | Secure Token Transfer between Untrusted Entities |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: CITRIX SYSTEMS INC., FLORIDA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:BARTON, GARY;LANG, ZHONGMIN;DESAI, NITIN;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20130924 TO 20130927;REEL/FRAME:031326/0102 |
|
STCF | Information on status: patent grant |
Free format text: PATENTED CASE |
|
MAFP | Maintenance fee payment |
Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 4TH YEAR, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1551) Year of fee payment: 4 |
|
MAFP | Maintenance fee payment |
Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 8TH YEAR, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1552); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY Year of fee payment: 8 |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, DELAWARE Free format text: SECURITY INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:CITRIX SYSTEMS, INC.;REEL/FRAME:062079/0001 Effective date: 20220930 |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, AS COLLATERAL AGENT, NEW YORK Free format text: SECOND LIEN PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT;ASSIGNORS:TIBCO SOFTWARE INC.;CITRIX SYSTEMS, INC.;REEL/FRAME:062113/0001 Effective date: 20220930 Owner name: WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS NOTES COLLATERAL AGENT, DELAWARE Free format text: PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT;ASSIGNORS:TIBCO SOFTWARE INC.;CITRIX SYSTEMS, INC.;REEL/FRAME:062113/0470 Effective date: 20220930 Owner name: BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., AS COLLATERAL AGENT, NORTH CAROLINA Free format text: PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT;ASSIGNORS:TIBCO SOFTWARE INC.;CITRIX SYSTEMS, INC.;REEL/FRAME:062112/0262 Effective date: 20220930 |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: CLOUD SOFTWARE GROUP, INC. (F/K/A TIBCO SOFTWARE INC.), FLORIDA Free format text: RELEASE AND REASSIGNMENT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENT (REEL/FRAME 062113/0001);ASSIGNOR:GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, AS COLLATERAL AGENT;REEL/FRAME:063339/0525 Effective date: 20230410 Owner name: CITRIX SYSTEMS, INC., FLORIDA Free format text: RELEASE AND REASSIGNMENT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENT (REEL/FRAME 062113/0001);ASSIGNOR:GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, AS COLLATERAL AGENT;REEL/FRAME:063339/0525 Effective date: 20230410 Owner name: WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS NOTES COLLATERAL AGENT, DELAWARE Free format text: PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT;ASSIGNORS:CLOUD SOFTWARE GROUP, INC. (F/K/A TIBCO SOFTWARE INC.);CITRIX SYSTEMS, INC.;REEL/FRAME:063340/0164 Effective date: 20230410 |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS NOTES COLLATERAL AGENT, DELAWARE Free format text: SECURITY INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:CLOUD SOFTWARE GROUP, INC. (F/K/A TIBCO SOFTWARE INC.);CITRIX SYSTEMS, INC.;REEL/FRAME:067662/0568 Effective date: 20240522 |